Tải bản đầy đủ (.pdf) (155 trang)

Bài tập tiếng Anh 6 cả năm (SGK cũ)

Bạn đang xem bản rút gọn của tài liệu. Xem và tải ngay bản đầy đủ của tài liệu tại đây (1.26 MB, 155 trang )

<span class='text_page_counter'>(1)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=1>

KIẾN THỨC CƠ BẢN VÀ BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6


CHƯƠNG TRÌNH CỦA BỘ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO



Biên soạn: ThS. Nguyễn Thị Thuận
Email & Facebook:


ĐT: 0969 953 568. Website:


(Term 1:From unit 1 to 8)

Unit 1. Greetings: Chào hỏi



<b>Unit 2. At school</b>


<b>Unit 3. At home </b>



<b>Unit 4. Big or small?</b>

:To hay nhỏ?


<b>Unit 5. Things I do</b>

: Những việc tôi làm


<b>Unit 6. Places</b>

: Nơi chốn


<b>Unit 7. Your house</b>



<b>Unit 8. Out and about</b>

: Đi đây đi đó


BÀI TẬP THỰC HÀNH TIẾNG ANH 6 HỌC KỲ 1


Unit 1. Greetings: Chào hỏi



<b>PRACTICE TEST-UNIT1-ENGLISH 6 </b>


<b>*Odd one out : </b>



1.A. morning B. afternoon C. evening D. bye


2.A. fine B. good C. night D. old


3.A. children B. we C. you D. I


4.A. am B. say C. is D. are


5.A. twenty B. twelve C. eight D. name


<i><b>*Circle underlined part pronounced differently. </b></i>


1.A. name B. and C. thank D. am


2.A. fine B. night C. nine D. six


3.A. Hello B. How C. old D. bingo


4.A. evening B. seven C. eleven D. twenty


<b>*Multiple choice: Choose the correct words to complete the following sentences. </b>
1.“Hello.” - “ ………”


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(2)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=2>

2.My name ……… Nam.


<b>A</b>. am <b>B</b>. is <b>C</b>. are <b>D</b>. say


3.How ………?


<b>A</b>. you is <b>B</b>. is you <b>C</b>. are you <b>D</b>. you are



4.“………” - “I’m twelve.”


<b>A</b>. How old are you? <b>B</b>. How old you are? <b>C</b>. I’m eleven. <b>D</b>. How you are?
5.Two x six = .


<b>A</b>. twenty <b>B</b>. eleven <b>C</b>. twelve <b>D</b>. thirteen


6.I ……… very fine, thank you.


<b>A</b>. are <b>B</b>. is <b>C</b>. am <b>D</b>. All are correct


7.Hello. ……… name is Quang.


<b>A</b>. My <b>B</b>. I <b>C</b>. We <b>D</b>. You


8.This ……… Linh.


<b>A</b>. are <b>B</b>. is <b>C</b>. am <b>D</b>. θ


9.How are you? ~ We are………, thanks.


<b>A</b>. five <b>B</b>. hi <b>C</b>. name <b>D</b>. fine


10.Good………, children.


<b>A</b>. hello <b>B</b>. hi <b>C</b>. morning <b>D</b>. greeting


11………fine, thank you.



<b>A</b>. We’re <b>B</b>. We’s <b>C</b>. I’re <b>D</b>. I is


12.Five + ten = ……….


<b>A</b>. fourteen <b>B</b>. fiveteen <b>C</b>. eleven <b>D</b>. fifteen


13.How are you? ~ I’m ……….


<b>A</b>. thank <b>B</b>. child <b>C</b>. nine <b>D</b>. fine


14.How ……… are you?


<b>A</b>. good <b>B</b>. fine <b>C.</b> old <b>D</b>. one


15.Good morning, Mr. Brown. ~ ………, Miss Lan.


<b>A</b>. Hi <b>B</b>. Hello <b>C</b>. Goodbye <b>D</b>. Good morning


1). I _____ Lan. a) are b) is c) am d) be
2). How old ______ he? a) is b) are c) am d) be
3). This _____ Peter. a) is b) are c) am d) be
4). _____ name is Lan. a). I b). My c). We d). Your
5). How are you? _____'re fine. a). My b). I c). You d). We
6). My name _______ Nam. a). Is b). Are c). Is d). Be


7). Hello. _______. a). My name Thanh b). I'm fine c). This is Thanh. And you? d). I am Thanh
8). How are you? _____ am fine. a). I b). We c). My d). You


9). Hello, Peter. How are you? a). We're fine. b). Hello, Jane. This is Nam.
c). I'm fine, thank . And you? d). I'm fine, thank you. And you?


10). Nam: Hello, Peter. This is Xuan. Peter:______ .


a). Fine, thanks b). Hello, Xuan


c). Hi, Xuan. How are you? d). Hi, I'm Peter
11). Good morning, children. How are you? ______.
a). I'm fine, thanks b). We're nine years old
c). I'm nine years old d). We're fine, thank you
12). Phong: Hi, I'm Phong Lan: _______.
a). Good morning, I'm fine b). Hi, I'm fine
c). Hi, Phong. I'm Lan d). I'm Lan


13). How old are you? -______ .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(3)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=3>

c). You're eleven years d). You're eleven old
14). ______ ? - I'm fifteen.


a). What about you b). How are you
c). And you d). How old are you
15). How are you? I'm ______ , thanks. And you?
a) fine b) twelve c) Mai d) Miss Hoa
16). I'm fine, _____.


a) thank you b) thanks you c) thank d) I thank you
17). How are you? We _____ fine.


a) am b) is c) are d) be


<b>* Multiple choice: Choose the correct words to complete the following sentences. </b>



1.I ______ eleven years old. A. is B. are C. am
2.They ______ students. A. am B. is C. are


3.Hello, ______ name's Hoa. A. I B. my C. me
4.What ______ your name? A. are B. am C. is


5.______ are you? I'm fine, thank you. A. What B. Who C. How


6.Hello, Mary. ______ is Peter. A. This B. That C. There
7.______ are you? I'm eleven. A. How B. What C. How old
8.______, my name's Tâm. A. Good B. Hello C. Good night
9.She ______ twelve years old. A. am B. are C. is
10.I am ______ grade six. A. on B. in C. at
11.Good ______, Mrs Lan. How are you? A. bye B. morning C. night
12.She is seven ______ old. A. year B. years C. yearly


13.Hello, Nga. This is Mai and this is Lan. ______ are in grade 6. A. She B. You C. They
14.Two plus two equals ______. A. five B. six C. four


15.Ten minus seven equals ______. A. three B. four C. two
16.I and Mai are friends. ______ are students. A. They B. We C. You


17.Ba is a good boy. ______ is in grade 6. A. She B. He C. They
18.This is my dog. ______ is lovely. A. She B. He C. It
19.You and Lan ______ good friends. A. am B. is C. are


20.Goodbye. ______ A. Good afternoon B. Good evening C. Good night


<b>*Find and correct the mistakes : </b>



1.How old you are? - I’m eleven years old. 2.I’m fine, thanks you. And you?


3.Hi, my name is Mai. What’s you name? 4.This is Miss Hoa and this are Miss Nhung.
5.My name is Loan and this it Lan.


<b>*Complete thedialogue: </b>


Peter:Hello, Mary. How (1) ………?
Mary:I’m fine, (2) ………. And you?
Peter: Fine, thanks.


Mary: Peter, this (3) ………Tom. Tom, (4) ……… is Peter.
Tom: Hi, Peter.


Peter:Hi,Tom.How (5) ……….. ?
Tom: (6) ……… six.<i> </i>


1.A. are you B. you are C. is you D. you is


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(4)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=4>

3.A. am B. is C. are D. θ


4.A. this B. I C. we D. you


5.A. are you old B. you are old C. old you are D. old are you


6.A. We’re B. We is C. I’m D. I’re


<b>*Choose the best answers: </b>
1.This / be / Nga.



A. This are Nga. B. This is Nga.


C. This am Nga. D. All are correct.


2.How / be / you today?


A. How are you today? B. How is you today?


C. How you are today? D. How you is today?


3.We / be / fifteen year old.


A. We’s fifteen years old. B. We’re fifteen year old.
C. We’re fifteen years old. D. We’s fifteen years old.
4.Morning / Miss Chi.


A. Hello morning, Miss Chi. B. Hi morning, Miss Chi.


C. Miss Chi, good morning. D. Good morning, Miss Chi.
5.I / be / fine / thank you.


A. I am fine, thanks you. B. I am fine, thank you.


C. I are fine, thank you. D. I fine am, thank you.


<b>*Arrange in order </b>


1.are / you / how / ? 2.thank / fine / you.
3.is / this / Ba. 4.Lan / 's / name / my.
5.twelve / am / I. 6.name / 's / what / ? / your


7.is / Mr Son / that. 8.am / Phong / I.


9.old / how / you / are / ? 10.eleven / I / years / am / old.
<b>* Match up </b>


1.Hello! □ a. Good moring! Hoa.


2.My name's Ba. □ b. Bye bye!
3.What's your name? □ c. How are you?
4.He's Mr Son. □ d. Hi!


5.I am eleven. □ e. What's your name?
6.How are you? □ f. My name's Lan.


7.Hi! This is Lan. □ g. Hello! I'm Ba.
8.Good morning! Ba. □ h. Fine, thanks.
9.Goodbye. □ i. He's my father.
10.I am fine. Thank you. □ j. How old are you?


<b>*Fill in each blank with an appropriate word to make the passage meaningful.</b>


Hi, my ______ is Nga. ______ am a student. I am ______ grade 6. the name ______ my school is HONG HA. I am
eleven ______ old. This ______ Lan. ______ is my friend. This is Quang. ______ is in my class. ______ are good students,
and I ______, too.


<b>Unit 2. At school </b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(5)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=5>

2. a. fine b. good c. night. d.old


3.a. children b.we c.you d. I


4. a. am b. are c. is d. yes


5. a.pencil b. ruler c. window d. eraser
6.a.Classroom b.desk c.board d. street


7. a. open b. live c. spell d. am
8. a.clock b. teacher c. student d. school


<i><b>*Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. </b></i>
1. a. name b. classmate c. paper d. thank


2. a. seven b. ten c. evening d. eleven
3. a. hi b.fine c.night d. children
4.a.old b. morning c. bingo d. hello
5. a.waste b. name c. stand d. eraser


6. a. spell b. desk c. pencil d. basket
7. a. sit b. five c. window d. morning
8. a.open b. old c. close d. do


9. a.door b. school c. choose d. classroom
<b>*</b><i><b>Fill in each blank with a correct form of “to be”.</b></i>


1.This …………Mr. Tam. He ………… a teacher.
2.Hello. I ………… Lan. What…………. your name?
3.How old ……….you? _I …………eleven years old.
4.How ………you? _We ………fine. Thank you.


5.Who …………. they? _They……..Mr. and Mrs. White. And this ……their son, Peter.
6.What ………this?



7.We ………classmates.
8.That ………. a book.
9.The children ………fine.
10.What ………their names?


<i><b>*Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first. </b></i>
1.Fine, thanks. Fine, thank ……… .


2.I’m ten.I’m ten years……….. .
3.I’m Lisa.My ……….. .


4.I’m fine. And you? <sub></sub>I’m fine. How………?


5.Bye. Good ………..


<i><b>* Missing words </b></i>


1.This ______ my teacher. 2.Is ______ your desk.
3.I'm ______ student. 4.This is ______ eraser.
5.What ______ this? 6.Where ______ you live?
7.It's a ______ besket. 8.How ______ you spell it?
9.______ old are you? 10.I am twelve ______ old.
<i><b>*Add “ Where, What, How”: </b></i>


1. ________ are you ? 2. ________old are you ?
3. _______do you live ? 4. ________ is your name?


5. ________do you spell it ? 6. ________ is this? It’s a desk
<i><b>*Write full form of these sentences : </b></i>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(6)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=6>

1. ________live on Le loi street 2. Hello, ________name is Minh
3. What’s________ name?. My name’s Nam 4. Where do________live?


5. How old are________? 6. This is Nam. ________ is a student
7. My new classmate is Mai. ________is in class 6A. 8. ________ am 12 years old
9. I have 2 friends. ________are Nam and An 10. How do ________ spell it ? H_O-A
<i><b>*Make questions to these answers : </b></i>


1.My name is Lan 2.She is 12
3.That is a clock 4.This is a pen


5.I live on Nguyen Hue street 6.They live in Tan Duong
7.I’m fine. Thanks 8.Yes. That is my classroom
9.T-U-A-N 10.No. It isn’t my bag
<i><b>*Fill in the blanks with prepositions: in,on,up,down,to : </b></i>


1.Stand... 2.Sit...


3.Come... 4.I live... a street.


5.I live ...a house. 6.I live ...Viet nam.
7.I live... Hai Phong City. 8.I live...Le Loi street.
8.I live... 30 Quang Trung street. 10.Listen ... me, please!
<i><b>*Make complete sentences from the words given below. </b></i>


1.He / live / Nguyen Hue Street . 2.What / be / his / name ?
3.Where / your sister / live ? 4.That / your / house ?
5.We / live / Nha trang City . 6.It / be / notebook



7.Miss Nga / our / teacher ? 8.His sister / be / ten / years old
9. How/ you? – I/ fine 11.Who / this? – This/ Mr Hung


10.Where/ you/ live? – I/ Pleiku 12.How old/ Miss Huong? – She/ twelve
13.What/ his name? – His name/ Thanh 14.This/ Lan/ this/ Mai


15.How / you / spell / name ? 16.He / live / a city.


17.What / this ? – It / ruler 18.What / that ? – It / eraser.
19.This / my book 20.That / your pen ?
<b>*</b><i><b>Order into logical sentences</b></i><b> : </b>


1. live/ do/ where/ you? _____________________ 2. in /Hue/ live/ I _____________________
3. book/ close/ your_____________________ 4. not/ is/ this/ book/ my_____________________
5. Lan/ is/ this/ ?_____________________ 6. old/ he/ how/ is / ? _____________________
7. name/ her/ is/ Lan_____________________ 8. this/ is/ bag/ your/?_____________________


9. classmates/ are/ we_____________________ 10. fine/ are/ the/ children_____________________
<b>*</b><i><b>Match the questions wih the answers.</b></i>


A B


1.Where do you live ?


2.How do you spell your name ?
3.What is your mother' name ?
4.How are you ?


5.Is she a nurse ?
6.How old are you ?


7.Is he fifteen years old ?
8.Who is this ?


9.How old is she?
10.What is that ?


a.Nga
b.It's a ruler.
c.I live in Dong thap
d.M-A-R-Y, Mary.
e.I'm thirteen.
f.Yes,she is.
g.I'm fine, thanks.
h.No, he isn't.


i.This is my classmate.
j. She is 14.


<i><b>*Match up </b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(7)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=7>

3.Where do you live? □ c. No, that's my desk.
4.How do you spell it? □ d. Yes, that's my teacher.


5.Is that your teacher? □ e. I live on Tran Phu Street.
6.Is this your class? □ f. I'm twelve.


7.Are you a student? □ g. I'm fine. Thank you.
8.How are you? □ h. No, that's my class.


9.Is this your desk? □ i. Yes, I am.


10.Do you live in a city? □ j. My name's Ba.


<i>*Multiple choice: Choose the correct words to complete the following sentences. </i>


1.______ is a teacher. A. You B. She C. It
2.Is that ______ friend? A. he B. you C. your
3.Stand ______. A. on B. in C. up
4.______ your book to page 16, please. A. Close B. Read C. Open
5.Sit ______ A. on B. in C. down
6.Close ______ book. A. my B. your C. you
7.______ do you live? A. What B. Who C. Where
8.What ______ this? A. am B. is C. are
9.I live ______ Le Loi Street. A. at B. in C. on
10.Where ______ he live? A. do B. is C. does
11.It's ______ inkpot. A. a B. the C. an
12.______ do you spell your name? A. What B. How C. Which
13.Is this an ______? A. ruler B. book C. eraser
14.______ is that? It's a pencil. A. Which B. How C. What
15.How old is your brother? ______ is five. A. She B. He C. I


16.Mr and Mrs Lam ______ teachers. A. is B. are C. am
17.These are my classmates. ______ are twelve years old. A. You B. They C. We
18.Fifteen plus five equals ______. A. nineteen B. twenty C. eighteen
19.______ your sister ten years old? A. Are B. Is C. Am


20.Where do they ______? A. living B. lives C. live
1). What ______ your name? a) are b) is c) am d) be
2). Where do you ______? - I live in Soc Son. a) sit b) spell c) be d) live


3). ______ is that? - It's a book a). What b). Where c). How d). How old


4). What are ______? -They are stools. a) this b) those c) that d) there


5). How ______ you spell your name? a) do b) is c) are d) am
6). What is that? - It's ______ eraser. a) an b) a c) the d) O


7). What's her brother's name? ______ name is Minh. a). Her b). His c). My d). Your
<b>*</b><i>Supply the correct words to complete the passage.</i>


When my teacher comes ______, we ______ up to greet her. She lets us ______ down. Then we ______ our books.
We learn ______ two. She tells us to ______ our books and ______ the exercises again.


*<i><b>.Odd one out</b></i>


1. a. morning b. afternoon c.evening d. bye 2. a. fine b. good c. night. d.old


3.a. children b.we c.you d. I 4. a. am b. are c. is d. yes
5. a.pencil b. ruler c. window d. eraser 6.a. Classroom b.desk c.board d. street


7. a. open b. live c. spell d. am 8. a.clock b. teacher c. student d. school
<i><b>*Circle underlined part pronounced differently. </b></i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(8)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=8>

5. a.w<b>a</b>ste b. n<b>a</b>me c. st<b>a</b>nd d. er<b>a</b>ser


6. a. sp<b>e</b>ll b. d<b>e</b>sk c. p<b>e</b>ncil d. bask<b>e</b>t
7. a. s<b>i</b>t b. f<b>i</b>ve c. w<b>i</b>ndow d. morn<b>i</b>ng
8. a.<b>o</b>pen b. <b>o</b>ld c. cl<b>o</b>se d. d<b>o</b>


9. a.d<b>oo</b>r b. sch<b>oo</b>l c. ch<b>oo</b>se d. classr<b>oo</b>m
*<i><b>Add “ Where, What, How”</b></i>



1. ________ are you ? 2. ________old are you ?
3. _______do you live ? 4. ________ is your name?


5. ________do you spell it ? 6. ________ is this? It’s a desk
*<i><b>Add “ my, your, I, you, he, she, her, they”( more than one answer)</b></i>


1. ________live on Le loi street 2. Hello, ________name is Minh
3. What’s________ name?. My name’s Nam 4. Where do________live?


5. How old are________? 6. This is Nam. ________ is a student
7. My new classmate is Mai. ________is in class 6A. 8. ________ am 12 years old


9. I have 2 friends. ________are Nam and An 10. How do ________ spell it ? H_O-A
<b>*Make questions to these answers </b>


1.My name is Lan<b> </b>2.She is 12
3.That is a clock 4.This is a pen


5.I live on Nguyen Hue street 6.They live in Tan Duong
7.I’m fine. Thanks 8.Yes. That is my classroom
9.T-U-A-N 10.No. It isn’t my bag
<i><b>*Find and correct mistakes </b></i>


1. We are fine, thanks you.__________ 2. That is a eraser__________


3. What his name? __________ 4. Where are you live ? __________
5. I live in Le loi street__________ 6. How are you? I’m twelve__________
7. He is 10 year old__________ 8. I fine, thanks. __________


9. No. This is my bag__________ 10. This are my classmate__________


<i><b>*Order into logical sentences </b></i>


1. live/ do/ where/ you? _____________________ 2. in /Hue/ live/ I _____________________
3. book/ close/ your_____________________ 4. not/ is/ this/ book/ my_____________________
5. Lan/ is/ this/ ?_____________________ 6. old/ he/ how/ is / ? _____________________
7. name/ her/ is/ Lan_____________________ 8. this/ is/ bag/ your/?_____________________


9. classmates/ are/ we_____________________ 10. fine/ are/ the/ children_____________________
<i><b>*Use suggested words to make sentences </b></i>


1.name/ Thu_____________________ 2. What/ his name_____________________
3 I/ Tan Duong_____________________ 4. this/ pen_____________________
5. What/ that ? _____________________ 6. Where/ live ? _____________________
7. How/ you ?_____________________ 8. he/ Le loi street_____________________
9. I / fine_____________________ 10. How/ spell it ? _____________________
<i><b>* Complete the sentences : </b></i>


1. ………Mr Nam a teacher? Yes , ………… is 2.What`s ………… ? It`s ……….. eraser
3.This is Hoa . ………… is a student 4. Are ………… nurses? Yes , we ……
5.Are you an engineer ? No, ………. not 6. What are you ? ……… a student
7.Are you a doctor? Yes ………… am 8.……… is that ? ……….. Linh
9.No, it ………… . it`s …………. eraser 10. This …………. my book


11. . . do you spell your name? 12 Hi, I’m Bob, and this . . . Mary.
13. Hello, Jack. . . .in, please. 14. My father lives . . . HCM City.


15. –What’s that in English? –It’s . . . house. 16 . . . . .is your name, please?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(9)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=9>

19.You must . . . up when the teacher comes in. 20. Eleven + nine = . . .
<i><b>*Add “ a, an” if necessary: </b></i>



1) That is . . . Susan. She is . . . student. 2) I live in . . . house, but this isn’t my . . . house.
3) This is . . . eraser and that is . . . ruler. 4) –These are . . . . .pens . –Is this your …….. pen?
5 –Is this . . . book? –No, it’s . . . notebook. 6) Hello, I’m . . . David Clark. I’m . . . . .doctor.
7) I live in …… Dong thap. 8) We are . . . students.


9) –Is that . . . your waste basket? –No, it’s . . . . .her waste basket.
10) She lives in …………. house in the city?


<i><b>*Fill in the blanks with prepositions: in,on,up,down </b></i>


1.Stand... 2.Sit...


3.Come... 4.I live... a street.


5.I live ...a house. 6.I live ...Viet nam.
7.I live... Hai Phong City. 8.I live...Le Loi street.
8.I live... 30 Quang Trung street. 10.Listen ... me, please!
<i><b>*Choose the best answer. </b></i>


1.This is ... (I/my) teacher. 2....(We/Our) are fine, thanks.


3.These are ....(they/their) books. 4.What is ....(you/your) father's name ?
5....(She/Her) is a doctor. 6.What does....( he/his) do ?


7....( It/ its) is a clock. 8.How old are ...( you/your ) ?
*<i><b>Match the questions wih the answers.</b></i>


A B



1.Where do you live ?


2.How do you spell your name ?
3.What is your mother' name ?
4.How are you ?


5.Is she a nurse ?
6.How old are you ?
7.Is he fifteen years old ?
8.Who is this ?


9.How old is she?
10.What is that ?


a.Nga
b.It's a ruler.
c.I live in Dong thap
d.M-A-R-Y, Mary.
e.I'm thirteen.
f.Yes,she is.
g.I'm fine, thanks.
h.No, he isn't.


i.This is my classmate.
j. She is 14.


1………. 2. ………. 3………. 4. ………. 5……….


6………. 7………. 8………. 9………. 10……….



<b>*Rewrite the following words in the plural form. </b>


1. book ... 2. boy ... 3. tomato ...
4. teacher ... 5. life ... 6. German ...
7. watch ... 8. sheep... 9. Frenchman ...
10. piano ... 11. child ... 12. baby ...
13. photo ... 14. bench ... 15. bus ...
16. box ... 17. tooth ... 18. foot ...
19. Chinese ... 20. wish ... 21. brush ...
22. play ... 23. ship ... 24. leaf ...
25. exercise ... 26. city ... 27. glass ...
28. man-driver ... 29. footballer ... 30. class ...
<b>*Use the given words to make questions with “What” and answers, then change the sentences you </b>


<b> write into the plural form. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(10)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=10>

3.this / watch ...
4.that / child <sub></sub> ...
5.this / leaf ...
6.that / sheep <sub></sub> ...
7.this / door ...
8.that / wastebasket ...
<b>*Put a suitable personal pronoun / posessive pronouns into the blanks: </b>


1... am Thu. This is ... brother. .... name is Hai. ... is a teacher.


2. Mr. and Mrs Brown are in ... living room. ... are teachers. There are three 4 people in ... family.
3.What’s this? ... is a pen.


4... name is Nga. ... is ... sister. What is ... name , Lan?



5... friends and I are students. ... are good students. And these are ... teachers.
6. What’s ... telephone number, Lan? .... telephone number is 0398572000


7- What’s your name ? _________ name is Xuan .
8- Is ________ name Mai ? Yes , it’s Mai .
9- He’s a student . _________ name is Binh .


10- They are engineers . _________ names are Tom and John .
11-Are those your erasers ? Yes , they are ________ erasers .
12- Nam is here . That is ________ book .


13- Is this ________ pen ? Yes , it’s my pen .


14- We are doctors . __________ names are David and Mary .
15- Lan is here . Those are _________ books .


16- What’s _________ name ? Her name is Loan
<b>*Make questions for underlined words</b>.


1.We’re very well, thanks 2.I’m twelve years old.
3.My telephone number is 039 857 862 4.My name’s Nga.
5.We live on Nguyen Du Street. 6.I live in a house.
7.I live at 32 Ly Tu Trong Street. 8.H-o-a, Hoa
9.That is an eraser. 10.This is a book.


<b>*Read the passage and decide the following statements are true or false : </b>


A<i>/ Hi , I’m Ba . This is my family . We live on Quang Trung street . My father is forty- two years old . His name is Binh . He </i>
<i>is an engineer . My mother is thirty – nine . Her name is Lien . She is a nurse . My brother is Tuan . He is fourteen . Hoa is </i>


<i>my sister . She is ten . I’m twelve . We are students . </i>


1/ Ba’s family lives on Quang Trung street . ______


2/ Ba’s father is forty years old . ______
3/ Mrs Lien isn’t a nurse . ______


4/ Tuan is Ba’s brother . ______


5/ Mr Binh is an engineer . ______
6/ Ba is eleven years old . ______


7/ Tuan and Hoa are students . ______
8/ There are four people in Ba’s family . ______
9/ Ba is a student at Vo Truong Toan school . ______
10/ Tuan is a student at Dong Khoi school . ______


B<i>/ Hoa lives with her parents , her sister and her brother in a small house in Ho Chi Minh city . Her father is a doctor . </i>
<i>His name is Long . He is forty – five years old . Hoa’s mother is a thirty-eight-year-old teacher . Her name is Loan . Lan is </i>
<i>Hoa’s sister . She is fourteen . Hoa and her sister are students at a high school . Nam is eight years old . He is Hoa’s brother </i>
<i>. He is a student , too . </i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(11)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=11>

3/ There are three students in Hoa’s family . ______
4/ Mrs Loan is a thirty-two doctor . ______
<b>*Read and fill in the blanks : </b>


This is Tam. He’s twelve………… old. He’s ………… student. There are four ………… in his family : his father, his
mother, his sister and him. His father is ………… engineer. ………… is forty years old. His mother ………… a teacher,
and she’s forty, ………….



<b>*Choose the best answer</b>:


1.(How old / How / How many) are you ? _ I’m fine, thank you.
2.There (am / are / is) a big board in my classroom.


3.(She / We / He) are in our classroom.


4.(How much / How / How many) students are there in your class ? _ There are 40.
5.(What / Who /How) are these ? _ They’re my friends.


6.(How many / What / How) are there in your classroom ? _ tables, chairs, a board and a teacher’s desk.
7.(What / Which / Where) is your house ? _It’s on Đien Bien Phu street.


8.What (are / does / do) your parents do ?
9.She lives with (his / her/ my) family.


10.How many (people / students /teachers) are there in your family ?
11.Lan is a good girl. (Her / His / My) parents are happy.


12.That is Mr.Ba with (her/his/their) students.
13.(How/Who/What) is your father ? _ He’s a doctor.


<b>*Answer the questions and write about you and your family: </b>
1.What’s your name? And What do you do? And How old are you?
2.How many people are there in your family?


3.Where does your family live?
4.What is your father’s name?


5.What does he do? and How old is he?


6.What is your mother’s name?


7.What does she do? and How old is she?
8.Do you have any brothers or sisters?


<b>Unit 3. At home </b>



<b>PRACTICE TEST-UNIT3-ENGLISH 6 </b>


<b>*Odd one out : </b>


1- A. sister B. brother C. father D. doctor


2- A. mother B. one C. four D. fifty
3- A. who B. what C. this D. how


4- A. is B. are C. am D. a


5- A. his B. she C. your D. her


6- A. nurse B. engineer C. student D. our


7- A. these B. chair C. telephone D. bookshelf


8- A. hi B. hello C. bye D. sit down


<b>*Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. </b>


1.a. table b. eraser c. lamp d. bookcase


2.a. student b. desk c. bench d. television



3.a. sister b. window c. living d. nine


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(12)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=12>

5.a. benches b. lives c. tables d. does


6.a. lamps b. clocks c. students d. stools


7.a. sit b. engineer c. thirty d. window


8.a. school b. door c. stool d. room


<b>I.</b>

<b>Singular-Plural Nouns</b>

<b> : </b>



- Add <i><b>s </b></i>to the singular to form the plural for most nouns : a chair →<sub> chair </sub>


- Nouns ending in <i>s, sh, ch , z </i>or <i>x: </i>add <i><b>es </b></i>to form the plural : a class→<sub>classes,a dish</sub>→<sub>dishes, a bench</sub>→<sub> </sub>


benches ,a lunch →<sub>lunches, a box </sub>→<sub> boxes , a buzz </sub>→<sub> buzzes. </sub>


- Nouns ending in <i><b>f </b></i>change <i><b>f </b></i>to <i><b>v </b></i>and add <i><b>es:</b></i>: a knife – knives, one half – two halves, life – lives, a wolf –
wolves , a thief →<sub> thieves . </sub>


- Plural of Nouns Ending in “ <i><b>y</b>”:</i> To form the plural of a noun ending in <i><b>y</b></i> like <i>way </i>or <i>lady</i>:first ask:


+Is the letter before <i>y </i>a <i>vowel </i>or a <i>consonant ?:</i>Remember that the <i>vowels </i>are <i>a, e, i, o, </i>and <i>u</i>. All of theother
letters of the alphabet are <i>consonants</i>.


+If the letter before <i>y </i>is a <i>vowel, </i>add <i>s </i>to form the plural :a way → ways , a key → keys , a toy → toys , boys
+If the letter before <i>y </i>is a <i>consonant, </i>change the <i><b>y</b></i>to <i><b>i</b></i>and add <i><b>es</b></i>:a lady →ladies , a baby → babies , spy→



spies , enemy →<sub> enemies , country </sub>→<sub> countries ,cry-cries, fly-flies, party-parties . </sub>


-Plural of Nouns ending in “<i><b>o”</b> : </i>


+If a noun ends in a <i>vowel plus o</i>, add <i>s </i>to form the plural : a stereo →<sub> stereos , a radio </sub>→<sub> radios . </sub>


+If a noun ends in a <i>consonant plus o</i>, add <i>s </i>in most cases: auto →<sub> autos , alto </sub>→<sub> altos , piano </sub>→<sub> pianos </sub>


+Add <i><b>es </b></i>to the following nouns: potato →<sub> potatoes , tomato </sub>→<sub> tomatoes , echo </sub>→<sub> echoes , veto </sub>→<sub> vetoes, </sub>


hero-heroes .


-<i> Exceptions: </i>The following nouns add neither <i><b>s </b></i>nor <i><b>es, </b></i>but form their plurals in an irregular way:
-man →<sub> men , woman </sub>→<sub> women , child </sub>→<sub>children , person </sub>→<sub>people ,foot </sub>→<sub> feet , tooth </sub>→<sub> teeth , </sub>


louse→ lice , mouse → mice , goose →geese , ox → oxen .
<i><b>*How to pronounce the plural nouns: </b></i>


1.”<i>S</i>” được đọc như âm / <i>S</i> / sau những phụ âm vô thanh : f , k , p , t : coats , books , maps , roofs


2.”<i> S</i>” được đọc như âm / <i>Z</i> / sau những phụ âm hữu thanh và các nguyên âm :letters , hands , girls , idias ,
boys


3.<b>”</b><i>ES </i>” được đọc như âm / <i>IZ</i> / sau : s , sh , ch , x , z , g , e ,dz :classes , dishes , boxes , voices , ages , roses ,
villages , brushes , watches , houses .


4.<b>”</b><i>ES </i>” được đọc như âm / <i>Z</i> / sau : i , v , o : babies , leaves , tomatoes .
<b>I. Missing words </b>


1.______ is my family. 2.There ______ four ______ in my family.


3.My father ______ a doctor. 4.How ______ people are there in your ______?
5.What ______ his name? John. 6.What's ______ name? Linda.


7.______ is that? It's Lan. 8.How many doors are ______? There ______ one.
9.There ______ four windows. 10.His father is ______ engineer.


<b>II. Arrange in order </b>


1.are / in / we / our / room / living. 2.are / there / people / in / four / my / family.
3.father / a / my / is / doctor. 4.mother / is / his / nurse / a.


5.brother / years / is / her / ten / old. 6.he / what / do / does?
7.mother / father / their / and / teachers / are. 8.are / in / they / house / the.


9.mother / does / what / her / do? 10.many / how / are / your / there / in / students / class?
<b>III. Match up </b>


1.Who is this? □ a. My mother's a nurse.


2.What does he do? □ b. There is one.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(13)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=13>

4.What does your father do? □ d. He's forty.


5.How old is your brother? □ e. They are in the yard.
6.What do your parents do? □ f. My father is a teacher.


7.Where are they? □ g. There are four people.


8.How old is Mr. Kiên? □ h. He's ten.



9.How many chairs are there in the room? □ i. He's a student.


10.Where is your teacher? □ j. She's my sister.


<b>IV. Write in full words </b>


10 <i>ten </i> 35 60 85


15 <i>fifteen </i> 40 65 90


20 45 70 95


25 50 75 100


30 55 80


<b>V. Multiple choice: Choose the correct words to complete the following sentences. </b>


1.______ are you? I'm fine, thank you. A. How old B. How C. How many


2.There ______ a big board in my classroom. A. am B. is C. are
3.______ are in our classroom. A. She B. We C. He
4.______ students are there in your class? There are 40. A. How much B. How C. How many


5.______ are these? They're my friends. A. What B. Who C. How
6.______ are there in your classroom? Tables, chairs, a board and a teacher's desk.


A. How many B. What C. How
7.______ is your house? It's on Dien Bien Phu Street.A. What B. Which C. Where
8.What ______ your parents do? A. are B. does C. do



9.She lives with ______ family. A. his B. her C. my
10.How many ______ are there in your family? A. people B. students C. teachers
11.Lan is a good girl. ______ parents are happy. A. her B. his C. my
12.That is Mr Ba with ______ students. A. her B. his C. their
13.______ is your father? He's a doctor. A. How B. Who C. What
14.Lan ______ on Nguyen Hue Street. A. lives B. live C. living
15.______ are their pencils. A. This B. That C. These
16.Hoa! How old is ______ father? A. my B. your C. their


17.______ is your brother? He's a student. A. What B. How C. Who


18.My father and mother are ______. A. teacher B. teaches C. teachers
19.Lan's father is a doctor. Tam's father is a doctor, ______. A. too B. to C. two
20.There are two ______ in my living room. A. cookers B. boards C. couches


1- There are two ……….. in the room. A. bench B. benchs C. benches D. benchies
2- ………..people are there in your family? A. How B. How many C. How old D. How spell


3- My friend ………in the city A. live B. is live C. is lives D. lives
4- How ……….you spell your name, Phuong? A. do B. does C. is D. are


5- “How are you?”- ____________. A- I’m twelve B- I’m Mary
C- I’m fine, thanks D- I’m from Viet Nam
6- “ Where do you live?”- __________. A- That’s my house B- On Tran Hung Dao street


C- My name is Quan D- Good afternoon
7- “__________”- They’re schoolbags. A- What are those? B- What is this?


C- Who is that? D- How many are there?


8- “_____________” - He’s a teacher. A- How old is your brother B- Where does your brother live?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(14)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=14>

1). How old is ______ father? a) she b) her c) he d) you
2). There ______ four people in her family. a) be b) is c) am d) are


3). ______ does he do? He is an engineer. a). Where b). Who c). What d). How
4). She's a _______. a) pen b) ruler c) desk d) nurse
5). ________ doors are there? - There are two.a). How b). How many c). Who d). What
6). They _____ Nga and Ha. a) am b) is c) are d) be


7). How many televisions are there? There is _______. a) four b) two c) three d) one
8). My mother and father ______ in the house a) are b) is c) am d) be


9). How many students are there ______ your class? a) in b) at c) to d) on
10). ______ is this ? - This is my teacher. a). Who b). Where c). What d). How
11). _______ are they? - They're in the living-room. a). Who b). Where c). How d). What
12). We ______ in the yard. a) am b) are c) is d) be


13). What are these? -They are _____. a) students b) pens c) teachers d) engineers
14). ______ is my brother. a). She b). He c). You d). I


15). My sister _______ a student. a) am b) are c) is d) do


<b>VI. Supply the correct words to complete the passage.</b>


This is Tam. He's twelve ______ old. He's ______ student. There are four ______ in his family: his father, his
mother, his sister and he. His father is ______ engineer. ______ is forty years old. His mother ______ a teacher, and she's
forty, ______.


<b>*Make sentences with “There is…” or “There are…”: </b>



1.a couch / living room. 2.an armchair / her room.
3.a cat / chair 4.one boy / my class.
5.fifty students / my class. 6.two pictures / wall
7.some books / book case. 8.a lot of flowers / garden
*<b>Rewrite: </b>


1.His name is Nam. →<sub>He ………. </sub>


2.Her name is Lan. →<sub>She ……… </sub>


3.Where is your house? →<sub>Where do ……….. </sub>


4.Where is her house? →<sub>Where does ………. </sub>


5.Where does Nam live? →<sub>Where is ………. </sub>


6.Where does Nga live? →<sub>Where is ……….. </sub>


7.She is Mai. →<sub>Her ……… </sub>


8.Hung is his name. →He ………..


9.There are two lamps in the bedroom. →The bedroom has ……….
10.There are four people in my family. →My house has………....
11.There is one cat in my house. →<sub>My house ……….. </sub>
<b>*Fill in : is / am / are : </b>


1.My house … in the city. 2.She ……….. a teacher.
3.……… you a student? 4.His name …. Cường.


5.They …….. cooks. 6.Your bike …….. new.
7.The beaches … very clean. 8.His brothers ……Students.
9.My father ….. a driver. 10.…… his name Hung?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(15)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=15>

1- I _________ a student. -> 1………..
2- My mother ________ a nurse. She is 45 years old -> 2………..
3- My brother and sister _________students -> 3……….
4- There _________a television in the living room -> 4………..
*<b>Write plural forms</b> :


1.mother → ………….. 2.house → …………..
3.mother ………….. 4.stereo………
5.beach ……… 6.book………..


7.knif <b>Error! Not a valid link.</b> ……….. 8.shelf <b>Error! Not a valid link.</b> ………
9.box .……… 10.lamp .………


11.couch .……… 12.bookshelf .………
13.child .……….. 14.nurse .……….
<b>*Correct the mistakes : </b>


1.How many tables there are in the house.
2.That is your stool and this is our stools.


3.There are ten deskes and two benches in the classroom
4.How old is your father and what is he do?


*<b>Complete the dialogue</b> :


Miss Hoa: Good morning, Minh. ………(1)?



Minh: I’m fine, thank you. And ………(2)?


Miss Hoa: This is Lan Anh.


Minh: Hello, Lan Anh. ………...(3)?


Lan Anh: I’m nine years old.


Minh: ………..(4)?


Lan Anh: I live on Ngo Gia Tu Street.
<b>*Read and answer the questions: </b>


This is Minh’s family. There are five people in his family: his father, his mother, his brother, his sister and him. His
parents are doctors. His brother and sister are students. Minh is in class 6B, too. His house is on Quang Trung Street.
*<i>Questions</i><b>: </b>


1.How many people are there in Minh’s family?
2.What do his parents do?


3.What does his brother do?
4.Where does Minh live?


My name is Bob. There are eight people in my family. My grandfather is old. He is seventy- five years old. My
father is Tom. He is a doctor. My mother is a teacher. My sister is Jane and my brother is Jack. They are students. My uncle
is Dane and he is an engineer. My aunt is Kate and she is a nurse.


<i>*Questions: </i>



1.What does his mother do? 2.What is his brother’s name?
3.What does Jack do? 4.Who’s Dane?


5.How many people are there in Minh’s family? 6.What do his parents do?
7.What does his brother do? 8.Where does Minh live?
<b>*</b><i><b>Order into logical sentences</b></i><b> : </b>


1- in / there / blackboard / is / a / classroom / my. 2- many / there / books / are / how?
3- mother / a / is / my / doctor. 4- old / sister / is / fourteen / my / years.
5- not/ is/ this/ book/ my. 6-your/ teacher/ sister/ is/ a?


7-name/ spell/ how/ you/ do/your? 8-down/ your/ and/ book/ sit/ open
9- there/ armchairs/ room/ Are/ the/ in/ five? 10- up/ and/ your/ stand/ book/ close.
11- twenty- six/ he’s/ engineer/ David/ old/ an/ years/ is/ and


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(16)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=16>

<i>*Put the words in correct order to make full sentences. </i>


1.are / in / we / our / room / living.


2.are / there / people / in / four / my / family.
3.father / a / my / is / doctor.


4.mother / is / his / nurse / a.
5.brother / years / is / her / ten / old.
6.he / what / do / does?


7.mother / father / their / and / teachers / are.
8.are / in / they / house / the.


9.mother / does / what / her / do?



10.many / how / are / your / there / in / students / class?
11. in / there / blackboard / is / a / classroom / my.
12.many / there / books / are / how?


13.mother / a / is / my / doctor.


14.old / sister / is / fourteen / my / years.
15.not/ is/ this/ book/ my.


16.your/ teacher/ sister/ is/ a?
17.name/ spell/ how/ you/ do/your?
18.down/ your/ and/ book/ sit/ open


19.there/ armchairs/ room/ Are/ the/ in/ five?
20.up/ and/ your/ stand/ book/ close.


21.twenty- six/ he’s/ engineer/ David/ old/ an/ years/ is/ and
22.my/ these/ children/ This/ and/ my/ husband/ is/ are
23.down / book / and / open / sit / your.


24.house / street / in / we / Victory / live / on / a
25.your / do / name / spell / you / how?


<i>*.Make complete sentences from the words given below.</i>


1.My father / teacher 2.What / he / do ?
3.How many / pen / there / in the box ? 4.What / this ?-It / apple
5.What / those ? –They / desk 6.There / an eraser / on the table.



7.There / a board / in my classroom. 8.There / 5 books / bookshelf .
9. How many / student / there / class ? 10. My father / doctor .
11.There / desks / classroom . 12. Where / your brother / live ?
13.There / a television / living room . 14.He / live / Hoa tan Commune .


15.It / be / armchair. 16.We / live / Nguyen Hue street.
17.They / be / doctor. 18.What / your father / do?
19.How many / people / there / his family? 20.How many / bench / there / class?
21.Hung and Minh / be / student. 22.She / be / twelve / year old.


23..His brother / be / student. 24.How old / be / your mother?
25.What / be / his name ? 26.Hello / my name / Lan
27.I / fine / thank . 15.How / you / spell / name?


*<b>Make questions answers,using the cues</b>:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(17)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=17>

6/ How old/ Miss Huong? – She/ twelve. ...
7/ My name/ …………/ I/ student. ...
8/ This/ my mother/ Her name/ Dung. ...
9/ That/ eraser? – No/ It/ pencil. ...
10/ What/ that? – That/ waste basket. ...
11/ that/ your name? – Yes/ that/ my name. ...
12/ that/ your school bag? – No/ this/ my school bag. ...
*<b>Choose the best answers:</b>


1. Ba and Nga often listen to music in ……… time. (his/ her/ them/ their)
2. Is Tan’s sister a student? – Yes, …….is. (he/ she/ it)


3. Are you a nurse? – No, …….am not. (you/ we/ I)
4. Are they teachers? – Yes, …….are. (he/ they/ she)


5. Is Miss Hoa short? – No, ……..is not. (he/ she/ it)
6. ……. mother is beautiful. (you/ your/ yours)


7. How old is Lan’s brother? …….. twelve. (he/ she/ we)
8. Nam is doing …….homework. (him/ his/ he)


9. This is ……. new friend. Look at ……..hair. (my,he/ my,her/ mine,hers)
10. This is Peter and Daisy. ……..are students. (You/ They/ We/ I)


*<b>Fill in the blanks with:”</b><i>I, you, he, she, it, they, we<b>”</b></i>
1- This is Nga.____________ is my classmate.


2- This’s my father and that’s my mother . __________ are doctors.
3- My cat is here. ____________is very nice.


4- These are my books . _____________ are on the table.
5- That’s my father. _____________ is forty one years old.
6- Thu and Lan are students. ____________ are in class 6D.
7- How old are _____________ ? - I’m twelve.


8- I’m Hoa and this is Tuan. ____________ are students.
9- What are these? - _____________ are desks.


10- Good morning,children. How are you ? - ___________ are fine,thanks.
11- This is my teacher. _____________ is Hoa.


12- Are you and Nam students? - Yes, _____________ are
*<b>Fill in the blanks with:”</b><i>my/ your / his / her / our / their<b>” </b></i>
1- What’s ___________name? - She is Hoa.



2- He is a student. _____________name is Tung.


3- They are engineers. _____________names are Tom and John.


4- Are those your books? – Yes,they are _____________ books.
5- I’m a teacher. ______________ name is Loan.


6- This is my teacher. These are _____________pens.
7- Is that ____________ruler? - No,That isn’t my ruler.


8- What are your names? - _____________ names are Nam and Hoa.
9- I’m Lan and this is Hoa. Mrs Huong is ______________ teacher.


10- These are Hung and Tuan. _____________ school’s name is Nguyen Du.


<b>*Fill in each blank with :</b><i>I, you, we, they, he, she, it or my, your, our, their, his, her, its.</i>


1.I’m Peter. This ……… sister. ………name is Maria. ………is a doctor.
2.This is Mr. Tan. ………….is a teacher. And those are ……… students.


3.Mr. and Mrs. Kent are in my room. ………… are doctors. There are three people in …..… family.
4.What’s this? _...is a cat. Look! ……….tail is long.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(18)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=18>

7.Are those your bikes? _Yes, ……….are ………bikes.


8.Are you and your brother the same height? _No, ………am 160cm tall and ……….brother is 170 cm tall.
<b>*Fill in the blanks with “I, he, she, it, we, you, they” or “my, his, her, its, our, your, their” </b>


1.This is Mrs. Nga. ……….is my English teacher. ………..husband is Mr. Trung. ………..is an engineer.
2.Hello. ………….name is Ha. ……….am a student. This is Ba. ………is my new friend.


3.Nam and I live in the city. ……….city is very nice.


4.Mr. and Mrs. White are doctors and ………son is a doctor, too.
5.What’s ……….name? _he is Long.


6.Mr. Tan is in the classroom with………students. ………is talking to them.
7.What are those? _...are mice.


8.I have a dog. ………name is Reck.
<b>*Fill in the blanks with “</b><i>am, is, are, do, does</i><b>”: </b>


1.There ………….a stereo and two speakers in the sitting room.
2.Where ……….your aunt live?


3.………you a student or a teacher? _I ……….a student.


4.Mr. and Mrs. Smith ……….not live here. But Mr. Green ………….. .
5.What ………they do? _They ………..engineers.


6.………this your pen? _Yes, it ……… . Thank you.
<b>*Make questions for these answers. </b>


1.………..? _It’s an armchair.
2.………..? _They are stools.


3.………..? _My sister is twenty-five years old.
4.………..? _My sister is a nurse.


5.………..? _She lives in Ho Chi Minh City.



6.………..? _There are twenty-nine teachers in my school.
7.………..? _That is my teacher.


8.………..? _These are books and pens.
9.………..? _I’m twelve years old.


10.………..? _There is a board in the classroom.
11.………..? _Yes, they are our new friends.
12.………..? _No, we are in our classroom.
13.………? _My sister is a nurse.


14.………? _There are four hundred students in her school.
15.………? _These are couches.


16.………? _That’s my teacher.


17.………? _I live in Ho Chi Minh City.
18.………? _She is my new classmate.
19.………? _He’s in grade six.


20.………? _Yes, there is a heater in the room.
21.………? _No, they are rabbits.


22.………? _No, I’m not. I’m a teacher.


<b>*Unscramble the words to make meaningful sentences. </b>


1.pen / an / that / a / eraser / or / is? 2.house / street / in / we / Victory / live / on / a.
3.your / do / name / spell / you / how? 4.down / book / and / open / sit / your.



5.teacher / name / am / Nobel / my / I / is / a / and. 6.sister / are / students / this / these / is / and / her / my.


7.many / there / family / how / are / your / people / in? 8.two / one / are / cat / dogs / house / and / his / there / in. <b>*Make </b>
<b>questions with “</b><i>How many … are there…?”</i><b>and then answer them.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(19)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=19>

3.people / your family? (4) _...
4.teacher / school? (45) _ ...
5.desk / classroom? (12) _ ...
6.stereo / your room? (1) _ ...
7.telephone / your house? (2) _ ...
8.bench / classroom? (12) _ ...
<b>*Write the plural form of these nouns and then put them into their right group according to the ending </b>


<b> sound. </b>


Book, door, alarm clock, lamp, armchair, mat, tap, telephone, blanket, mirror, house, bookshelf, bookcase, couch,
toothbrush, pillow, towel, heater, nurse, stereo, radio, city, pen, eraser, student, table, stool, board.


/s/ : ...
/z/ : ...
/iz/: ...
<b>*Rewrite the following sentences in the plural form. </b>


1.What’s this? _It’s a stereo. ...
2.What’s that? _It’s an armchair. ...
3.Who’s he? _He’s a teacher. <sub></sub>...
4.I’m a student. ...
5.Is this your pencil? _Yes, it is. <sub></sub> ...
6.Is that her child? _Yes, it is. ...
7.There is a library in my city. ...


8.That is my bookshelf. ...
*<b>Choose the right word to complete the sentence. (Underline the word you choose):</b>


1.That is my dog. (Its / It’s) name is Reck.


2.Where are Mr. and Mrs. Ba? _(There / They’re) in the yard.
3.There’s (an / a) armchair in the living room.


4.Is this (you’re / your) notebooks? _Yes, (they are / they’re).
5.Mr. and Mrs. Wilson are in (there / their) house.


6.There are (forty / fourty) students in (we / our) class.
7.What (do / does) your mother do? _She (does / is) a cook.
8.I brush my (tooths / teeth) every morning.


<b>*Choose the word that best completes each sentence. </b>
1.I am Nam. This is ……….. family. (I / my / me / we)


2.That is my book and …………. are your books. (This / That / These / Those)
3.They are students. That is …………school. (his / her / my / their)


4.What ………. he do? (is / are / does / do)


5.………..is her brother? (Who / How many / There / This)


6.What are those? They are ……….. . (bench / couches / sofa / armchair)
7.I live ………. 20 Ngo Gia Tu Street. (in / on / with / at)


8.Is there a stool in your living room? _Yes, ……….. . (is there / there’s / there is / it is)



<b>Unit 4. Big or small?:To hay nhỏ? </b>



<b>PRACTICE TEST-UNIT4-ENGLISH 6 </b>


<b>*</b><i>Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest</i><b>. </b>


1. a. small b. face c. grade d. late


2. a. breakfast b. teacher c. ready d. heavy


3. a. time b. fine c. five d. city


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(20)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=20>

5. a. chair b. school c. couch d. children


1. afternoon school classroom door.
2. open close come old.
3. eraser desk house student
4. clock city class come
5. waste stand bag that
6. ready teacher head heavy
7. these brother thank that
8. my country family every
9. have lamp stand wash
10. time big live sit


<b>* </b><i>Missing words</i>


1.His school ______ small. 2.It is in ______ counmtry.


3.Thu's school is ______ the city. 4.There are four hundred ______ in his school.
5.Which ______ are you in? I ______ in grade 6. 6.How many ______ does your school have? Two.


7.______ is your classroom? On the first floor. 8.Ba ______ his teeth every day.


9.He ______ to school every morning. 10.What ______ is it? It's ten o'clock.
<b>*</b><i>Match up :</i>


1.What time is it? □ a. Two.


2.What time does he get up? □ b. It's twelve o'clock.
3.Where is your school? □ c. It's small.


4.Is it in the city or in the country? □ d. I go to school.
5.What do you do every morning? □ e. I'm in grade 6.


6.Which class are you in? □ f. It's on the second floor.
7.Which grade are you in? □ g. It's on Dong Khoi Street.
8.Where is her classroom? □ h. It's in the city.


9.Is your school big or small? □ i. He gets up at six.
10.How many floors does your school have? □ j. I'm in class 6A.
<b>*</b><i>Supply the correct words to complete the passage.</i>


Nga ______ in the city. Every morning she ______ up at 6.30. She ______ her teeth. She ______ her face. She
______ a big breakfast. Then she ______ dressed. She ______ to school at 6.30. She ______ in grade 6. Her ______ is on
the second floor. It ______ big. There ______ 42 students in her class. She loves ______ friends and teachers very much.
<b>*</b><i>Complete the passage and answer the questions.</i>


I’m Nam. I’m a student in (1) ………six. Every morning, I (2) ……. up at half past five. I (3) ………my teeth, wash my
face, get dressed and then I (4) …….my breakfast at six o’clock. I go to (5)……....at half past six. My school isn’t


(6)……… . It is small. It has two (7) ………and my (8) ………is on the second floor.


1.What does Nam do? _...
2.Which grade is he in? _...………...
3.What time does he go to school? _...
4.Is Nam’s school big? _...
5.How many floors does it have? _...………
*<i>Correct the mistakes: </i>


1.Phong’s (A) school (B) is (C) in country (D).
2.Which (A) grade are (B) you (C) on (D)?


3.My (A) classroom is (B) in (C) the second (D) floor.
4.What (A) time do (B) he (C) go to (D) school?
5.How many (A) floors (B) does (C) it has (D)?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(21)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=21>

7.There are (A) four hundereds (B) students (C) in (D) the school.
8.How (A) many classrooms (B) are there (C) in Phong (D) school?
9.Which (A) time (B) do you get (C) up (D)?


10.Is your (A) school on (B) the country or (C) in (D) the city?


11.Our classroom is on the three floor.………..
12.Nhung’s house haves six rooms.………..
13.What time your mother gets up?………..
14.Tom’s house is in the city and it small.………..
15.How many teachers in your school?………..
16.Her garden is big. It’s a garden big.………..
17.Ba brushes his tooth at six forty-five.………..


18.There are seven hundreds students in my school. ………..
19.This is my book and this is my books too.………..



20.Do your sister go to the same school as you? ………
21.This is my sister. She name is Mai.


22.Tom is here. This is he car.


23.This hat is Mary’s and that one is my.
24.What is he do? _He is a engineer.
25.This is my ruler, not you.


26.How many books on the book case? _There is many.
27.Mai’s is a school small.


28.Your room is small, is it?
29.That is my friend bicycle.


30.Where are Tom’s and David’s books?
1.How many chair are there in your room?
2.Minh and I am good students.


3.What does Lan father do ?
4.How are you spell your name ?


5.We live on a house on Xuan Dieu street.
6.Trung’s classroom is on the two floor.
7.She isn’t have classes on Sundays.
8.Do your brother play sports every day?
9.He gets up and wash his face in the morning.
10.Ba brushes his tooths at six forty.



11.Mary live in that house.


12.She have breakfast at six thirty ?
13.He goes to school in 6.30.


14.My classroom is in the first floor.


<b>*</b><i>Make questions for the underlined parts.</i>


1.………..?_It’s ten past ten.
2.………..?_We are in grade six.
3.………..?_She is in class 7B.
4.………..?_They have two children.


5.………..?_There are forty teachers in our school.
6.………..?_Jim’s flat is on the third floor.


7.………..?_She has lunch at twelve.


8.………..?_There’s one boy in the classroom.
9.………..?_That is our form teacher.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(22)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=22>

11.………..?_Mr. Nam lives in the country.
12.………..?_Our school is big.


*<i>Read and fill in the passage:</i>


Hi. My name is Thu. I’m a student. I’m in grade 6. (1) ……….. is my school. It’s big and it’s (2) ………. the city. My
school (3) ……….. four floors and my classroom is (4) ……….. the (5) ……… floor. There are twenty classrooms in my
school. And there are nine hundred students in my school.



1.A. This B. There C. These D. Those


2.A. in B. at C. on D. up


3.A. have B. has C. get D. gets


4.A. in B. at C. on D. up


5.A. two B. three C. four D. third


My brother lives in HCMC. He …..… a teacher of math. He goes to work ... Monday to Saturday.The school
starts ... 7.00 in the morning and ... at eleven fifty. After work, he comes back ... and has lunch at ...
quarter past twelve. In the afternoon, he ... the housework and plays games. In the ... after dinner he watches T.V
or... books. He goes to bed at half ... eleven.


My (1)………. is Lan. I’m(2) 11………. old. I’m(3)………. Student. I’m (4)………. Grade 6.
I(5)………. at Vinh My B school. I(6)………. with my parents and my brother in a small house in Hoa Binh. My
mother ia a (7)………. She teaches at a high school. Her name (8)………. Phuong (9)………. Father is a
doctor. He works in a (10)……….


<b>*</b><i>Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.</i>


1.My town has a large stadium. _ There ………..…….
2.The flat is small. _ It's ………..………..
3.Our school has got two bicycle- sheds. _ There ……….………..
4.They live at 25 Le Lai Street. _Their………..
5.I am in grade six. _I am in the


6.Is your school big? _Is yours


7.That house is nice. _That is
8.There are five rooms in my house. _ My house


1- This is the house of Mr Lam ->This………
2- Mr and Mrs Brown have a daughter, Daisy.-> Mr and Mrs Brown ………


3- Where does he live? -> What………?


4- How many students are there in your class? -> How……….?
5- There is a bookshelf in her room. -> Her room………..
6- Does your class have a newcomer? - > Is there………...?
7- Lan has a brother, Binh. - > Binh………..
8- Mr Hung has a son, Nam. -> Mr Nam……….
9- There are forty teachers in his school. - > His school ………
10- Does her house has a big living - room? -> Is There………?


11- What is her age? - > How………...?


12- What is his address? - > Where………?


13- That is the book of Nga. -> That is………


14- This house is small. -> It is ………..


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(23)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=23>

Trung is a student and he is in grade ten. His school is big and it’s in the city. There are five floors and forty
classrooms in his school. His class has twenty- eight students and his classroom is on the fourth floor. Every morning ,
Trung gets up at six ten . he gets dressed, brushes his teeth and washes his face . He has breakfast at six forty and goes to
school at seven o’clock..


1.Which grade is Trung in?. ...


2.Is Trung school big or small? ...


3. Where is his school? ...
4.How many classrooms does his school have?...


5.What does he do every morning? ...
6.What time does he get up ? ...


7.What time does he go to school? ...


*<i>Write the correct form of the words</i>


1.Mai brushes her... at six o’clock <b>tooth.</b>
2.I get up at 5.30 and get ... <b>dress</b>.
3.Her ... are in the yard. <b>Child.</b>
4.There are many big...in our country<b>. City. </b>
5.My brother is an ... <b>Engine. </b>
6.There are two ... in her living-room. <b>Bench</b>
7.There are four ... in my house. <b>Bookshelf</b>.
8.There is a ... rice paddy near my house. <b>Beauty. </b>


<i>*Fill in with “have / has”:</i>


1.Paul……….. two brothers.
2.We……….. a dog and Nam ….. a cat.
3.You ……….. a good camera.


4.She ……….. an English dictionary.
5.This book ………..80 pages.
6.I ……….. a computer.



7.My uncle……….. a house in HCM city.
8.How many floors does your school …….?
9.My school ………..three floors.
10.They ……….. breakfast at six o’clock.


1). I _____ my face every morning.


a) to wash b) wash c) washes d)
washs


2). What time _____ you _____ breakfast?


a) does/have b) do/have c) does/has
d) do/has


3). Her brother ______dressed. Then he ______ his
teeth.


a) get/brush b) gets/brush c) get/ brushes
d) gets/brushes


4). Thu and Ba's school _______ in the city.
a) are b) am c) is d) be
5). Which class room ______ she in?


a) is b) are c) am d) does


6). Phong's classroom is on the_______ floor.
a) three b) two c) third d) one


7). Mai ______ up at 6.00 every morning.


a) get b) to get c) gets d) getes
8). There is a ______ in his class.


a) table b) desks c) tables d) chairs


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(24)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=24>

a) desk b) rooms c) table d) floor
10). ______ grade are you in?


a). What b). Who c). Where d).
Which


11). What time _____ Ba ______ to school?


a) does/go b) do/go c) does/goes d)
do/goes


12). Ba is in class 6A. ______ classroom is on the
second floor.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(25)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=25>

<b>*</b><i>Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first.</i>
1.My school has seven hundred students. _There


2.Trung is Mr. Binh’s son. _Mr. Binh ...
3.That school bag belongs to me. _That is ...
4.How old is this building? _What’s ...
5.How many floors are there in your school? _How many floors does………?


6.There is a cat, two dogs in the house. _The house ...


7.This is my bag. _This………...


8.How old is Peter? _What is……….………
9.It is an armchair. The armchair is small. _It is……….………...
10.Are there twenty classrooms in her school? _Does………...…………?
11.Mr. and Mrs. Ba have a daughter, Lan. _Mr. and Mrs. Ba……..………...
12.Whose pens are these? –They’re her pens. _Whose are………..…? –They’re………..


13.I am Lan. _My ...
14.This garden is large. _This is ...
15.What time is it? _ What’s ...
16.Where are you from? _Where do ...
17.There is a gym in my school. _My school ...
18.What’s her job? _What does ...
19.My friends are good. _They are ...
20.How many classrooms are there in your school? _How many ...


<b>*</b><i>Write these dates and times in words</i><b>. </b>


1. 6.00 ……….
2. 8.30 ……….
3. 9.45 ……….
4. 5.10 ……….
5. 7.15 ……….


6. 10.20 ……….
7. 12.15 ……….
8. 4.55 ……….
9. 11.25 ……….
10. 10.50 ………



<b>*</b><i>Rewrite the following sentences in the negative and interrogative form. </i>


1.Nga has lunch at school. _ ...
2.Ben studies French at school. _ ...
3.He brushes his teeth in the afternoon. _ ...
4.There is a couch in the room. _ ...
5.There are some stools in the room. _ ...
6.My school has a lab. _ ...


<b>*</b><i>Make questions for the underlined parts.</i>


1.………..? _It’s ten pas eleven.
2.………..? _Today is Saturday.


3.………..? _Today’s August 16th 2009.
4.………..? _We are in class 6B.
5.………..? _They have two children.
6.………..? _They live in a flat.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(26)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=26>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
9.………..? _There are five rooms in my house.


10………..? _They are her children


<b>*</b><i>Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets</i><b>. </b>


1.Miss White’s students (not be)………..big. They (be)………….in grade 6.
2.Lisa’s brothers (be)………..doctors.



3.There (be)………a couch and two stools in the living room.
4.How many teachers (be)……….there in your school?
5.You and I (be)………..good friends.


6.How many classrooms your school (have)………?
7.What time he (get up) ………every morning?.


8.At 6 o’clock every morning Scott (get)………...up, (wash)…………...his face, and then
(have)………….breakfast. After that he (clean)…………..his teeth, (get)………….dressed and
(cycle)………..to school.


9.My sister (brush)………her teeth twice a day, once in the morning and once in the evening before she
(go)………to bed.


10.It (take)…………..me at least 45 minutes (get)……….everything ready for school every morning

.


<b>*</b><i>Fill in each blank with a, an or the if necessary.</i>


1.My father is …………good engineer. He works in …………..big factory in ………….Ha Noi.


2.My school is in…………..city. It is ………..big school. It has ………..four floors and forty classrooms. My
classroom is on…………..second floor.


3.I’m in………… grade 6, class 6A2. My form teacher is Miss Thu. She is one of …………best teachers in
…………. my school.


4.There is ………….desk and ………armchair in my room. ………….desk is new and …………armchair is
old.


5.We live in …………old house with …………nice garden in ………..country.



<b>I. Make complete sentences from the words given below</b>.
1.How many / brother / you / have ?


2.Those clocks / small.
3.He / have breakfast / 6:30


4.What time / your brother / go / school ?
5.Nga’s school / city


6.My sister / brush / teeth / morning.
7.There / two floors / her / school.


8.How many / student / there / her school?
9.Where / your school?


10.Tuan / go / school / afternoon?
11.My classroom / second floor.
12.What / you / do / every day?
13.Where / she / live?


14.Which / grade / Hung/ in?
15.Her school / country / or / city?


<b>II.Put the words in correct order to make full sentences.</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(27)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=27>

2.is / a / school / it / big.


3.floors / have / your / does / how / school / many?
4.grade / in / you / which / are?



5.your / is / where / classroom?


6.up / Ba / at / gets / every / six / morning.
7.gets / and / he / goes / he / dressed / school / to.
8.has / he / at / breakfast / thirty / seven.


9.time / you / what / get / up / do?
10.are / late / we / school / for.


11.seven thirty / late / it’s / school / are / and / we / for .


12.get up / breakfast / time / father / and / your / have / what / does?
13.country / it’s / in / house / the / is / small / Ha’s / and.


14.cities / there / country / how / are / your / in / many?


15.every / school / Jane / morning / eight / to / o’clock / goes / at.
16.grade 7 / in / is / and / class 7D / in / he.


17.classroom / twenty / floor / desks / Peter’s / the / and / has / on / fifth / it’s.
18.table / it’s / big / on / school bag / and / Hue’s / the / is.


19.children / this / are / my / is / her / and / those / sister.
20.in the city / in the country / Nam / or / does / live?
21.is / my / not / this / pen.


22.dressed / he / gets / six / at / o’clock.


23.does / school / how / floors / many / your / have?
24.face / wash / does / what / he / time / his?



25.small / sister / or / is / big / your?


<b>Unit 5. Things I do</b>

: Những việc tôi làm



<b>PRACTICE TEST-UNIT5-ENGLISH 6 </b>



<b>I.Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the others. </b>


1.a. ball b. game c. small d. watch
2.a. girl b. history c. television d. listen
3.a. home b. go c. sport d. old
4.a. lunch b. up c. number d. literature
5.a. eat b. breakfast c. read d. teacher


<i><b>*Odd one out </b></i>


<i><b>1</b></i>- a- lake b- river c- factory d- well


<i><b>2-</b></i>a-near b- opposite c- between d- temples<i><b> </b></i>
<i><b>3</b></i>-a-tree b- restaurant c- park d- flower


<i><b>4</b></i>-a- store b-museum c-friend d-hospital


<i><b>5-</b></i>a-beautiful b-bakery c-drugstore d- bookstore


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(28)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=28>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
3.A. Friday B. Monday C. Tuesday D. today
4.A. do B. homework C. watch D. listen
5.A. dinner B. shower C. breakfast D. lunch



<b>I. Make complete sentences from the words given below</b>.


1.What / your father / do / evening ? 2.Tuan / do / homework / after school .
3.My sister / listen / music / evening. 4.Nga / do / housework / morning .
5. My father / watch TV / evening. 6.They / play soccer / after school ?
7.He / eat / big breakfast / morning. 8.Hung / take / shower / morning.


9.Loan / go home / 5 pm. 10.She / have / classes / from 7:00 / 11:15
11.Minh / go / bed / 10:15 12.They / have lunch / 11:25


13.He / have English / Tuesday. 14.When / he / have math ?


15.You / have history / Wednesday ? 16.They / not go / school / Sundays.


17.you / do / homework / after school? 18.Lan / have lunch / school / weekdays.
19.mother / do / housework / morning. 20.children / play soccer / afternoon.
21.he / brush / teeth / 6.30 / after breakfast. 22.she / review lessons / 7.30 pm?
23.they / not / go / sleep / 10.00 pm. 24.What / father / do / evening?
25.afternoon / school / Ba / housework / and / listen / music.


26.Hoa / brother / have classes / half past seven / to / quarter / quarter / past / eleven.
27.What / your / sister / play / afternoon / school?


28.evening / David / stay / home / and / homework.
29.you / television / or / sports / after / school?
30.Hien / not / have / Math / Monday / Saturday.
31.What time / you / finish / classes / morning?
32.daughter / go / bed / quarter / to eleven?
33.Viet / not / have / Literature / Friday.


34.They / not / listen / music / after / dinner.


<b>*Use the information given to write a paragraph about Nam’s working week. </b>
1. Nam / 16 / year / old / student.


2.Go / school / Monday / Friday.


3.Every day / start classes / 7.15 / finish / 11.45.


4.Like English / very much / have it / Monday / Wednesday / Friday.
5.Not have classes / Saturday / Sunday.


6.These days / stay home.


7.Do the housework / watch TV / listen / music.
8.Sometimes / visit / grandparents / countryside.


<b>II.Put the words in correct order to make full sentences.</b>


1.afternoon/ school/ Ba/ housework/ and/ listen/ music.


2.Hoa/ brother/ have / classes/ half past seven/ to/ quarter/ past/ eleven.
3.What/ your sister/ play/ afternoon ?


4.every/ evening/ David/ stay/ home/ and/ homework.
5.you/ TV/ or/ sports/ after/ school ?


6.Hien/ not/ have/ math/ Saturday.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(29)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=29>

8.he/ have/ big breakfast/ and/ go/ school.


9.they/ not listen/ music/ after/ dinner.
10<b>.</b>you / do / homework / after school? _
11.Lan / have lunch / school / weekdays. _
12.mother / do / housework / morning. _
13.children / play soccer / afternoon. _
14.he / brush / teeth / 6.30 / after breakfast._
15.What / father / do / evening?



<b>IV. Use these jumbled sets of suggested words to write complete sentences. </b>


1. What time/ he / wash/ face? 2. My brother / be / engineer.


3. How many / students / be / there / your school ? 4. Every morning / Nam / get dressed / 6.30 .
5. My school / be / the country. 1. do/ your/ spell/ how/ name/ you?


2. school/ many/ there/ your/ are/ how/ teachers/ in? 3. years/ a/ Hoa/ is/ nurse/ and/ thirty-four/ Mrs/ old/ she/ is
4. two/ one/ are/ telephone/ house/ and/ his/ there/ in/ televisions


<b>*Put these words in the right order. </b>


1.is/ my/ this/ school. 2.Thu’s / is/ small/ house?


3.students/ are/ there/ hundred/ nine/ school/ in/ the. 4.on/ the/ is / classroom/ my/ second/ floor.
5.face/ wash/ does/ what/ he/ time/ his? 6.dressed/ gets/ he/ at/ six o’clock.


7.breakfast/ six thirty/ has/ at/ father/ my.


<b>*Turn into negative and interrogative form: </b>


1.They listen to music everyday. 2.He plays volleyball after school.


3.They play soccer every afternoon. 4.He does his homework every evening.
5.She has breakfast at 6.10. 6.I get up at six every morning.


7.Nga and lan go to school everyday. 8.We have lunch at 11.30


9.My father reads a newspaper everyday. 10.Nga does the housework everyday.


<b>*Correct the mistakes: </b>


1.What is your first class in Monday ? 4. When do we has history ?
2.I goes to bed at ten o’clock. 5. This is Nga school.


3.She have her breakfast at home. 6. Is your school at the country ?
1. Everyday Lan get up at six. 2. Trung’s classroom is in the second floor.
3. She isn’t have classes on Saturday and Sunday. 4. Her sister is at school at 7 o’clock to 11 o’clock.
5. Do your brother play sports everyafternoon ? 6. He gets up and brush his teeth in the morning.


<b>*Choose the correct words to fill in the blanks:</b>
1.I live (on, in, at) Tran Hung Dao street.


2.These (am, is, are) my books.


3.How many (a lamp, lamp, lamps) are there?
4.(what, who, which) is that?_It’s my teacher.


5.After school Ba (watches TV,watch TV,watch the TV).


6.My class ends at (quarter past eleven, eleven past quarter, eleven quarter past)
7.We have history (at, in, on) Tuesday and Thursday.



8.(Which, how, what) does his farther do?


9.Chi (does’nt live, don’t live, does’nt lives) in the city.
10.(What , Which , How ) grade are you in?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(30)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=30>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
12.(How/ Who/ Where)are you? –I’m in my living room.


13. How many couches are there in the living room?-There(is/ are/ am)one.
14.(Is this/ Is that/ Are these) your father? –Yes. That is my father.


15.(What/ Where/ How) do you spell your name? +H-O-A, Hoa.
16.What’s(his/ her/ your) name? –Her name is Mai.


17.Binh’s father is an(doctor/ teacher/ engineer)
18.Her name is Mary(He/ She/ It) is a student.
19.Eight and(eight/ twelve/ twenty) are twenty.


<b>*Read the passage and decide whether these statements are True or False : </b>


This is my family. We are in our living room. There are five people in my family. My father is forty eight.
He is an engineer. My mother is forty three. She is a doctor. My brother is eighteen. He is a student. My sister is ten.
She is a student, too. We live in a house in Ho Chi Minh City.


1.………..There are four people in his family.
2.………..His father is a teacher.


3.. ………His mother is a doctor.
4.………They live in a house in a city.
5.……….His sister is ten years old.


6.. ………They are in their living room.
7. ………. Their children are students.


<b>*Read the passage and choose the best answer: </b>


His name is Phong. He’s twenty four years old and he’s a teacher at Nguyen Du School. This is his student.
Her name is Nga. She is fourteen years old. This is his living room. In his living room, there is a table, a chair, a
television and two couches.


<b>*</b><i>Questions</i><b>. </b>


1.How old is Phong? –He is………. A. twelve B. twenty C. twenty four
2.What does Phong do? –He is……… A. a student B. a teacher C. forty
3.What does Nga do? –She is……… A. a student B. a teacher C. fourteen


4.How many chairs are there in his living room? A. There is one B. There are one C. There are two


<b>*Fill in the blank with the correct form of the verbs: </b>


1.Every morning Thu (get)________up at six. She (have)________breakfast at 6.10. After breakfast she
(brush)_______her teeth. She (go)________to school at 6.30. She (have)_______lunch at 11.30 at
school.


2.We (watch)____________ television every morning.
3.I (do)_____________my homework every evening.
4.Mai and Lan (play)____________games after school.
5.Vy (listen)______________to music every night.
6.You (be)___________in class 11A?


7.Every evening my father (watch)________________television.



8.My sister (have)____________breakfast and (go)__________to school at half past six every morning.
9.You ( play)______________volleyball every afternoon?


10.Nga ( listen)_____________to music after school?


11.How many rooms ___________your house (have)________________?
12.Thu’s bags (be)__________small? No, they (not be)_______________


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(31)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=31>

14.I (be)___________in grade12 and my brother (be)__________in grade 7.
15.They (live)____________on the 10th floor.


<b>*Rewrite these sentences: </b>


1.This school is big.→<sub> It’s……… </sub>


2.These books are small. →<sub> They’re……….. </sub>


3.There are seven hundred students in my school. →<sub> My school………... </sub>


4.My class has ten desks. →<sub> There………. </sub>


5.How many classrooms are there in your school? →<sub> How many………...? </sub>


6.How many rooms does your house have? →<sub> How many………..? </sub>


7.There is one television in my house. →<sub> My house……… </sub>


8.There are thirty students in his class. →<sub> His class……… </sub>



<b>*Rewrite the sentences that keep the same meaning as the first one : </b>


1 This is the house of Mr Lam ->This………
2- Mr and Mrs Brown have a daughter, Daisy.-> Mr and Mrs Brown ………
3- Where does he live? -> What………?
4- How many students are there in your class? -> How……….?
5- There is a bookshelf in her room. -> Her room………..
6- Does your class have a newcomer? - > Is there………...?
7- Lan has a brother, Binh. - > Binh………..
8- Mr Hung has a son, Nam. -> Mr Nam……….
9- There are forty teachers in his school. - > His school ………
10- Does her house has a big living - room? -> Is There………?
11- What is her age? - > How………...?
12- What is his address? - > Where………?


13- That is the book of Nga. -> That is………
14- This house is small. -> It is ………..


15- It is a big yard. - > That ………
16- What is Lan’s job? -> What ……….?
17- Their names are Hung and Hai. - > They………..
18- What does your father do? -> What………..?
1.This is the house of Mr Lam ->This………
2- Mr and Mrs Brown have a daughter, Daisy.-> Mr and Mrs Brown ………
3- Where does he live? -> What………?
4- How many students are there in your class? -> How……….?
5- There is a bookshelf in her room. -> Her room………..
6- Does your class have a newcomer? - > Is there………...?
7- Lan has a brother, Binh. - > Binh………..
8- Mr Hung has a son, Nam. -> Mr Nam……….


9- There are forty teachers in his school. - > His school ………
10- Does her house has a big living - room? -> Is There………?
11- What is her age? - > How………...?
12- What is his address? - > Where………?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(32)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=32>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
14- This house is small. -> It is ………..


15- It is a big yard. - > That ………
16- What is Lan’s job? -> What ……….?
17- Their names are Hung and Hai. - > They………..
18- What does your father do? -> What………..?


<b>I.Match and write. </b>


<b>A</b> <b>B</b>


1.listen a. classes 1) ………
2.do b. a shower 2) ………
3.play c. your teeth 3) ………
4.take d. to music 4) ………
5.go d. the housework 5) ………
6.start e. your face 6) ………
7.watch f. to bed 7) ………
8.eat g. television 8) ………


9.wash h. sports 9) ………


10.brush i. a big breakfast 10) ………..



<b>II.Choose the right word to finish each of the following sentences. </b>


1.Do you play game? _No, I (do / don’t).


2.Jack’s brother (watchs / watches) TV every day.
3.She does (her / the) housework every morning.
4.What time (is / does) he have breakfast?


5.What time does she (finish / finishes) her classes on Monday?
6.(Are / Do) they play sports after school?


7.They go (home / house) at a quarter past four every afternoon.
8.What does your father (do / does) after work?


<b>III. Supply the correct verb form. </b>


1.Every morning Thu (get)……..up at 6.00. She (have)…….breakfast at 6.15. After breakfast she
(brush)…..her teeth. She (go)……to school at 6.45.


2.Every day after school Ba (watch)………..TV but I (not do)……….. . I often
(play)……….games or (listen)………..to music.


3.Today (be)………Sunday. We (not have)……….lessons at school.
4.(You / do)……… your homework in the evening?


5.(Your little sister / wash) ……….her hands before meals?


<b>IV. Rewrite the following sentences in the negative and interrogative form. </b>


1.They play volleyball after school. 2.She watches television.



3.We listen to music every morning. 4.He does the housework every day.
5.Nga and Lan go to school on Sunday. 6.Ben has breakfast at 6.00.


<b>V. Make questions for the underlined words. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(33)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=33>

7.………..? _She takes a nap after lunch.
8.………..? _We do morning exercise every day.


9.………..? _I usually have bread and milk for breakfast.
10.………..? _Nga has a brother and two sisters.


11.………..? _They live and work in Ho Chi Minh City.
12.………..? _They are engineers.


<b>V. Use the cues to answer the following questions. </b>


1.Who’s this? (Miss Lan)
2.What’s her job? (nurse)


3.What time does she go to work? (7.00)


4.What does she do in the morning? (work in the clinic)
5.What does she do in the clinic? (take care of patients)
6.Does she ever go to work on Sunday? (sometimes)


7.Does she do the housework in the afternoon? (No / evening)
8.How many children does she have? (two)


<b>VI. Rewrite the following passage, beginning with “Ba…” </b>



Every morning I get up at six o’clock. I take a shower, then I have a big breakfast. I go to school at a quarter to
seven. I have classes from seven to a quarter past eleven. I have lunch at half past eleven. In the afternoon I read
books and play games. I go home at five o’clock. In the evening I watch TV and then I do my homework. I go to
bed at forty-five past ten.


Ba ...
...
...
...
...
...


<b>VII. Fill in each blank with a suitable word to complete the passage.</b>


Peter wakes up at seven o’clock, but he doesn’t (1)………up until a quarter past seven. He
(2)………….a shower and gets dressed. (3)………..breakfast he cleans (4)………..teeth. he leaves his
house at eight o’clock and catches the train (5)……….Manchester. On the train he (6)………..the
newspaper and (7)……….the crossword. He comes (8)……….at about half (9)……….six in
the evening. After dinner, he washes up. Then he usually (10)………..TV. He goes to bed at about 11:30.


<b>IV. Finish the following dialogue. </b>


Lien: Hello, Mai. (1) ………every day?
Mai : I get up at a quarter to six.


Lien: (2)………..morning?
Mai : I play badminton.


Lien: (3)………..half past six?


Mai : No, I don’t. I go to school at six fifty.


Lien: (4)………..today?
Mai : No, we don’t. We have history on Tuesday and Saturday.
Lien: So (5)………?
Mai : We have English, Geography and Math.


<b>V. Change the following sentences into the negative and interrogative. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(34)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=34>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
3.They go to school on Saturday. 4.My brother plays soccer every afternoon.


5.Our school is small.


<b>VII. Make questions for these answers. </b>


1.………? _We have Geography on Wednesday and Friday.
2.………? _Yes, she does. She has Biology on Saturday.
3.………? _On Sunday? He often goes to English class.
4.………? _There are twelve students in his English class.
5.………? _He’s in Miss Lan Phuong’s class.


6.………? _Yes, he does. He likes English very much.
7.………? _The class starts at 2.00 pm and ends at 4.00 pm.
8.………? _No, in the evening he doesn’t go to class.


<b>VIII. Use the information given to write a paragraph about Nam’s working week: </b>
<b>-</b>Nam / 16 / year / old / student.


-Go / school / Monday / Friday.



-Every day / start classes / 7.15 / finish / 11.45.


-Like English / very much / have it / Monday / Wednesday / Friday.
-Not have classes / Saturday / Sunday.


-These days / stay home.


-Do the housework / watch TV / listen / music.
-Sometimes / visit / grandparents / countryside.


<b>*Choose the best answers : </b>


1.I listen …….. music. A. in B. to C. for D. ∅


2.He ……. breakfast at six o’clock. A. eat B. has C. have D. take
3.Do …….. play games? A. children B. girl C. boy D. student
4.Does she play soccer?-No, she …. A. do B. don’t C. does D. doesn’t
5.……. time does he have lunch? A. What B. Who C. When D. How
6.He listens to ……… A. games B. school C. breakfast D. music
7.I go to school at a quarter to seven.


A. seven fifteen B. seven thirty C. six forty – five D. six fifteen


8.He doesn’t have ……….. timetable. A. he B. his C. she D. her
9.What time do they have history? A. How B. Which C. Where D. When
10.What ……… she do after school? A. do B. time C. does D. is


<b>*Matching up :</b>.



A B A-B


1.Who is this? a) She goes to school at six thirty. 1.-


2.What’s her name? b) Fine, thank you. 2-


3.Is your house big? c) It’s Lan. 3-


4.Is Mr. Tan an engineer or a doctor? d) Her name’s Thu. 4-


5.How are you? e) We live on Tran Phu Street. 5-


6.Where do you live? f) She is a nurse. 6-


7.How many students are there in your class? g) I’m in Grade 6. 7-


8.What does your mother do? h) There are thirty. 8-


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(35)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=35>

10What time does Lan go to school? j) Yes, it is. 10-


<b>*Read and choose the best answers to complete the passage: </b>


Hi. I’m Ba. I get up at six. I take a shower. Then I eat a big breakfast. I go to school (1) …….. a quarter to seven.
I have (2) ……… from seven to a quarter past eleven. At half past eleven, I have lunch. (3) ………. the afternoon, I
play games. I go home at five o’clock. In the evening, I (4) ……… television. I do my homework. I go (5) ……….
bed at ten o’clock.


1.A. in B. at C. on D. for


2.A. classrooms B. classes C. schools D. floors



3.A. In B. At C. On D. To


4.A. listen B. play C. watch D. get


5.A. to B. for C. from D. ∅


<b>*Find and correct the mistakes: </b>


1.When (A) does (B) we have (C) history (D)?
2.She doesn’t (A) has (B) her (C) timetable (D).


3.Every afternoons (A), she doesn’t (B) play (C) games (D).
4.We have (A) English (B) in (C) Tuesday and (D)Thursday.
5.What do (A) Lan and (B) Nga does (C) after (D) school?


<b>I. Choose the correct word or phrase to complete each sentence. </b>


1. It’s eight o’clock and we are late …..school . (<b>a . in</b> <b>b . at c . for d. on </b>)
2. ____ she play soccer ? (<b>a . is</b> <b>b . do</b> <b>c . does d.are</b> )


3. There _____a park near my house . (<b>a . is</b> <b>b . are</b> <b>c . has d. have)</b>


4. My mother ____ a hospital. (<b>a . works in</b> <b>b. works at</b> <b>c . work at d. work for)</b>


5. Do you play volleyball ? ______ ( <b>a . yes, I play</b> <b>b. yes, I don’t</b> <b>c .yes , I do d. Yes, I does)</b>.
6. I go to school ______. (<b>a . at half past six</b> <b>b. at six thirty</b> <b>c. a & b correct d. at thirtysix</b>)
7. The school is____the country . (<b>a . in</b> <b>b . onc . at d. to )</b> .


8. ____ grade are you in ? (<b>a . what</b> <b>b . which</b> <b>c . where d. Who )</b> .



9. Nam ______ television every night. (<b>a . watch</b> <b>b . watches</b> <b>c . watchs d. watching)</b>.
10. Do you ____ to music after school ? (<b>a . play</b> <b>b . listen</b> <b>c. hear d. listens)</b>


11.Does Hoa have breakfast ... 6 A.M ? <b>(a. on b. in c. at d. on))</b>


12... are the tall trees? (<b>a. Where b. What c. Who d. When)</b>


13. There ... a hotel near my house. (<b>a. is b. are c. am d. do )</b>


14. ... do you have English ? I have it on Tuesday . (<b>a.What b. When c. Who d. Which )</b>


15.Minh lives in the city ...his mother and father.(<b>a. near b. in c.with d. for) </b>


16. Minh ………..his face in the morning.(a. wash b. washs c. washes d. watches)
17.She does ……….. homework in the evening.(a. his b.her c. she d. my )


18.What ……….do you go to school ?( <b>a</b>. are b. time c. grade d. city )
19………..grade are you in?. <b>(a.</b> What b. Who c. Which d.Where )
20.Ba ………lunch at school.( <b>a.</b> have b. has c. eat d.does )


1). ______ do we have Literature? - We have it on Monday, Friday and Saturday.
a). What b). When c). Where d). Which


2). What time ______ classes _____? - They end at10.30 am.
a) do/end b) does/end c) do/ start d) do/starts
3). My parents often get up _______ six thirty.


a) in b) on c) to d) at



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(36)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=36>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


a). Yes, he does. b). Yes, he do. c). No, he don't. d). No, he does.
5). Do Thu and Vui play soccer? - Yes, ______.


a) they play b) they does c) they do d) they are
6). _______ do you go home?


a). Where b). What c). What time d). Which
7). Does Lan have Match _______ Friday?


a) at b) on c) in d) from
8). Every evening, I do _______ homework.
a) me b) his c) him d) my


9). ______ school do you go to? -I go to Tran Phu School.
a) How b) What c) Where d) Which


10). Does Nam take a shower? -Yes. He ______ a shower every morning.
a) takes b) take c) to take d) is take


11). We have classes _______ 7.45 am to 4.00 pm.
a) at b) in c) on d) from


12). I have class ________ the morning.
a) at b) from c) on d) in


<b>II. Match the question in column A and the answer in column B. </b>


<b> </b> <b>A </b> <b>B </b>



1. How many students are there in your class ? A. It’s Lan.
2. Who’s this? B. Fine, thank you.
3. Is your house big ? C. She is a nurse.
4. What’s her name ? D. I’m in grade 6.


5. How are you ? E. We live on Tran Phu street.
6. Where do you live ? F. Her name’s Thu.


7. Is Mr. Tan an engineer or a doctor ? G. She goes to school at 6.30.
8. What does your mother do ? H. There are 35


9. Which grade are you in ? I. He is an engineer.
10. What time does Lan go to school ? J. Yes, it is.


1……… 2…………3………..4………5……….. 6………..7………..8………9………10…….


<b>III. Match the word in column A with the word(s) in column B IV. Complete the following dialogue. </b>


<b>A </b> <b>B </b> <b>Keys </b>


1. listen
2. do
3. play
4. take
5. go
6. start
7. watch
8. eat
9. wash


10. brush
a. classes
b. a shower
c. the teeth
d. to music
e. the housework
f. the face
g. to bed
h television
i. sports
j. a big breakfast


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(37)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=37>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


Giáo viên : Nguyễn Thị Thuận Email:
Điện thoại : 0969 953 568


<b>V. Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following passage </b>


Every day Lan gets up at six o’clock. She (brush) 1... her teeth, she washes her face and (have) 2... breakhat at
6.30. Afer breakfat , she (get) 3 ………… dressed and goes to school at 6.40. Her claases (start) 4 ………… at 7.00 o’clock
and (finish) 5 ………… at 11.20. After school, she (do) 6 ………… home and has lunch at 12 o’clock. In the after school Lan
(do) 7 ………… her homework from 2 o’clock to 5 o’clock. After that she (help) 8 ………… her mom cook dinner. In the
everning she (watch) 9 ………… television from 7 o’clock to 8 o’clock. She (read) 10 ………… books at 9 o’clock and goes to
bed at 10 o’clock.


<b>* </b><i><b>Answer the questions:</b></i>


1. What time does Lan get up every day ? ...
2. What time does she go to school ? ...


3. Does she go home at 12 o’clock ? ...
4. Does she watch television in the everning ? ...
5. What do you do every moning ? ...


<b>VI.Read and write ( True or false ) to each of the following sentences : </b>


Nam lives in a small village in the country . His house is big . There are four bedrooms . They are small . There are two
bathrooms , a living room and a kitchen in his house . There is a flower in front of the house . To the left of the house , there is a
lake . To the right of the house , there are tall trees .


1 . …….. Nam lives in a big house in the country .


2 .….….. There are four bedrooms and one living room in his house .
3 .……… There are trees in front of his house .


4 . …..….There is a flower garden to the right of the house .
5 . ….… To the left of the house , there is a lake .


<b>VII. Read , then answer the questions : </b>


Minh is twelve years old . He is in grade 6 . He lives in a house with mother , father and sister . Their house is next to a
bookstore . In the neighborhood , there is a restaurant , a market and a stadium . Minh’s father works in the restaurant . His
mother works in the factory .His sister is a nurse. She works in a hospital. Minh goes to school at seven in the morning . He
has classes from seven to eleven thirty .He goes home at twelve.


a . How many people are there in Minh’s house ?...
b . What is next to his house ?...
c . What time do his classes start?...
d . What time does he go to school ?...
e. Is his sister an engineer ? ………...



<b>IX. Complete the dialogue between you and Thu </b>


Mai : Hello. Which grade are you in ?
You : ………


Mai : How many classrooms are there in your school ?
You : ………


<i><b>Lien : Hello, Mai ( 1 ) ………every day ? </b></i>
<i><b>Mai : I get up a quarter to six. </b></i>


<i><b>Lien : Do you play……( 2 ) … in the morning ? </b></i>
<i><b>Mai : Yes, I play badminton. </b></i>


<i><b>Lien : ( 3 ) ………half past six ? </b></i>
<i><b>Mai : No, I don’t. I go to school at six forty. </b></i>
<i><b>Lien : ( 4 ) ………today ? </b></i>


<i><b>Mai : No, We have history on Tuesday and Saturday ? </b></i>
<i><b>Lien : Which ……(5)…. do you have today? </b></i>


<b>VIII.Complete the dialogue between you and Ba : </b>


Ba : Hello , Do you go to school in the morning ?
You : ………


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(38)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=38>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


<b>X.Complete the dialogue. </b>



<i>Hoa </i>: Hi. My name (1)……..Hoa. I’m twelve (2) …old
<i>Nam</i> : I’m eleven.


<i>Hoa</i>: Which (3) .. are you in ?
<i>Nam</i> : I’m (4) ……grade 6.


<i>Hoa</i> : Which (5) … are you (6)…. ?


Nam : I’m in class 6A. What (7) ………you?
<i>Hoa</i> : I’m in (8)………6, class 6B.


<b>XII. Wrie the passage with the given words: </b>


1. Ha / twelve /old. He / live / with / mother / father / sister. His / house / near / park . On / street / there / store / restaurant /
temple. Ha’s mother / work /


hospital………...


………...
2. Rice paddy / next / lake……….
3. movie theater / between / bookstore / hotel………..
4. neighborhood / there / school / museum / hospital………
5. Hoa’s mother / work / factory ………..


<b>XIII. Find the mistake and correct it: </b>


1. I get at five in the morning.
2. I washes my face and brush my teeth.



3. Lan have dinner with her friend on Sundays.
4. My brother do his homework everyday.
5. Linh goes to home at 5 p.m


6. My house is at Nguyen Hue street.


7. Does she brushes heer teeth everymorning?
8. Her school in on the city.


9. There is a stadium in th neighbor.
10. The children is in the bookstore.


<b>XV . Supply the correct verb forms in parentheses. </b>


1. We ____________ in a house . ( live ) 6. There ___________ a stadium near my house . ( be )
2. Their house ____________ a big yard . ( have ) 7. Miss Chau _______ English at HungVuong achool (teach)
3. She _____________ her lunch in the factory . ( eat ) 8 . We _________ students in grade 6 . (be)


4. I_______________ soccer in the stadium . ( play ) 9 . Nam _______ TV everynight. (watch)
5. He _____________ his teeth every meal ( brush ) 10. Vui ______ her hands after meals.( wash)


has – not – years – is – near – have – a - in


<b>XI. Read and answre the questions </b>


Hello. My name is Nga. I’m eleven years old. I’m a student. I have a
sister, Lam. She is a teacher. She’s twenty-seven. We live in a house near
a park. Our house has a yard. Our house is not big. It’s small.


<b>Questions : </b>



1.How old is Nga ?...
2.What does she do ?...
3.Where does Nga live ?...
4.Is their house big ?...


<b>XIV. Underline the best option </b>


1.There ( am / is / are ) a river near my house.
2.Is Mrs. Mai a nurse ? Yes, (he / she / it ) is.
3.We are ( in / on / to ) the yard.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(39)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=39>

<b>XVI. Read the passage and answer the question below it . </b>


Mai lives in the country .Her house is big.
There aren‘t any stores here .


There are trees and flowers.


There is a river, a lake and a rice paddy .
It is beautiful and quiet.


<b>Questions: </b>


1. Where does Mai live ? ………
2. Does she live in the city? ……….
3. Are there any stores there ? ………
4. How is her house? ………
5. Is it beautiful ?...………..



<b>XVIII</b>. <b>Read and complete the dialogue,using the in the box</b>.


An : What does Ba …(1) …… after school . Nga : He does his …….(6)………
Nga : He goes ……(2)……. An : What does he go …….(7)……….. bed ?


An : Does he …(3)……. Sports ? Nga : He goes to bed ……(8)…… 10.30.
Nga :Yes , he sometimes ……..(4)…… soccer . An: About you? What time do you do your
homework…(9)….home?


An : ………..(5)……… does he do in the afternoon ? Nga: I often do my…(10)……….. at 7p.m.


<b>XIX</b>.<b>Supply the corect form or tense of the verbs in the brackets</b>.


1. My name is Lam . I ( be) …………in the Grads 6. 11. My father ( not get ) ……… up at 6 o’clock .
2. My school ( not be ) ………. in the country . 12. Lan ( have ) ……….. breakfast at 6.30 .


3. There ( be ) ………. 15 classrooms in my school 13. Nam always ( do ) ………….. his homework after dinner ?.
4. I ( go) ……… to school in the morning . 14. There ( not be ) …… a flower garden in front of the house
5. We ( have ) ……… English on Monday andFriday . 15. What time Hoa (have )………….. lucnch?


6 . My class (not start ) ……… at 8 o’clock . 16. How many fooors your house (have) ……….?
7 . Mr ba ( watch ) …………. TV every evening . 17. When Hoa (have )………..Math?


8. She ( brush ) ……….her teeth after meals . 18. How you (go)………. to schoo? By bike.
9 . They ( play ) ………… games after school . 19 . Huy’s brother ( go) …………. to bed at 10 o’clock?
10 . Lan’s mother ( work ) ……….. in a factory . 20. Who your grandparents (live)……… with?


<b>XIX.Write sentences about your routine: (about 8 sentences) </b>


………..


………..
………..
………..…
………..
……….
………..


<b>XXI.Write sentences to describe about your places: (about 8 sentences)</b>


……….
………...
……….
……….
……….
……….
……….


<b>To , at , on , play , plays , playing , do , homework , what , home </b>


<b>XX. Answer questions about you : </b>


1 . Which grade are you in
?...


2 . How many classooms does your school have ?.
………...
3 . When do you have English ?


………...
4 . What time do your classes start ?



………..
5 . Where do you live ?...
6 . Is your school big?...
7 . Are there any trees behind you house ?


………..….
8 . What do you do after school ?


<b>XVII.Read the text and answer true(T) or false(F) :</b>


Lan lives in the country with her father,her mother, and her brother .
Their house is near a river. In the neighborhood, there are many
trees,flowers and mountains.Lan's father works in the hospital.
Her mother works in the school.Lan's brother and Lan are students.


<b>*Answer true(T) or false(F): </b>


1. There are three people in Lan's family.
2. Lan lives in the country with her family.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(40)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=40>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


……….


<b>XXII.Rewrite the sentences that keep the same meaning as the first one: </b>


1. Does your school have thirty- six classrooms?=> Are ………..?
2. Hoa is Mrs Giang’s daughter.=> Mrs Giang ……….
3. This house is small. => This is a………


4. There are five people in her family.=> Her family ………
5. Mr Kien has a son, Quan.=> Mr Kien is ……….


<b>XXIII. Complete the sentences: </b>


1.What's your grand doughter's age?----)How...
2.Whose does this book belong to?----)Who...


3.Miss Lien rides a motorbike to work everyday.---)Miss Lien gets ...
4.How about buying another airchair ?----)Let's ...


5.Lan is beter at math than Nga. ---) Nga isn't ...


6.Linh likes the country life more than the city life. --)Linh doesn't ...
7.No cars in the company are bigger than Mr.Ba's---)Mr.Ba's...
8.Trung is the most intelligent students in my class.---)No one...


9.How is the weather?----)What's...


10.Falicities in Royal hotel are beter than those in Daewoo hotel.---)Falicities in Daewoo hotel ...


<b>XXIV. Odd one out :</b>


1. a. <b>c</b>ity b. <b>c</b>ountry c. <b>c</b>ome d. count 2. a. t<b>ea</b>cher b. r<b>ea</b>d c. br<b>ea</b>kfast d.s<b>ea</b>t
3. a. <b>th</b>ere b. <b>th</b>ree c. bro<b>th</b>er d. That 4. a. c<b>ou</b>ch b. h<b>ou</b>se c. c<b>ou</b>ntry d.c<b>ou</b>ch
5. a. fl<b>oo</b>r b. d<b>oo</b>r c. r<b>oo</b>m d.st<b>oo</b>l 6. a. br<b>u</b>sh b. n<b>u</b>mber c. r<b>u</b>ler d.p<b>u</b>sh
7. a. <b>o</b>pen b. c<b>o</b>me c. cl<b>o</b>se d.teleph<b>o</b>ne 8. a. th<b>i</b>rty b. f<b>i</b>ve c. t<b>i</b>me d.s<b>i</b>x
9. a. d<b>e</b>sk b. sp<b>e</b>ll c. <b>e</b>raser d.ten 10. a. t<b>a</b>ble b. l<b>a</b>te c. f<b>a</b>ther d.gr<b>a</b>de
11.a.countr<b>y </b> b. baker<b>y</b> c. padd<b>y </b> d.m<b>y</b> 12.a. v<b>i</b>llage b.c<b>it</b>y c.<b>rice</b> d.m<b>y</b>



13.a.neighborh<b>oo</b>d b. b<b>oo</b>kstore c.g<b>oo</b>d d.sch<b>oo</b>l 14.a.st<b>a</b>dium b.p<b>ad</b>d<b>y</b> c.pl<b>ac</b>e d.l<b>a</b>ke
15. a. pic<b>t</b>ure b. <b>t</b>en c. sis<b>t</b>er d. s<b>t</b>ore 16.a.w<b>a</b>lk b.p<b>a</b>st c.st<b>a</b>rt d.h<b>a</b>lf
17.a.r<b>i</b>ght b. t<b>i</b>me c. f<b>i</b>ve d. f<b>i</b>fteen 18. a. tr<b>a</b>in b. l<b>a</b>te c. b<b>a</b>seball d. tr<b>a</b>vel
19.a. book<b>s</b> b. field<b>s</b> c. yard<b>s</b> d. river<b>s</b> 20. l<b>u</b>nch b. <b>u</b>p c. b<b>u</b>s d. s<b>u</b>permarket


<b>XXV.Read and fill in the text , then answer the questions: (3 marks) </b>


Hello. My name’s Hoa. I'm in (1)...six. My school is in the city, it isn’t big. There are fourteen (2) ... and 56
teachers in our school. To the left of our school, there is a book store, and the post office is (3)... our school. The
police station is near our school, but there aren’t any toystores or stadiums . Our classes (4)... at seven and end at
a quarter past eleven. My house is near the school, so I ….(5)….. to school.


<b>Questions: </b>


1. What’s her name? ... ………
2. Are there any toystores near her school?...
3. How does Hoa go to school ? ...
4. Is the school in the country? ...
5. What time do Hoa’s classes end ?...


<b>XXI. Put the questions for answers: </b>


1. We have English at 7 a.m………?
2. They do theirhomework in the evening………...?
3. My mother get up at 5 everyday………..?
4. We have Math on Tuesday………..?
5. Yes, my mother does the housework everyday………...?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(41)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=41>

<b>XXVII. Fill in a suitable preposition: </b>



1. Hoa’s house is ……to the bookstore.
2. Lan is ……..Mai and Ba.


3. She lives ….. the country.
4. Nam gets ….. at 6 everyday.
5. We have History ….. Monday.
6. There is a river ….. the village.
7. …… our street, there is a hospital.


8. My father is …. work and my mother is …… home.
9. ….. the left of the house , there is a well.


10. My classroom is ……. The ground floor.


<b>XXIII. Change into the plural form: </b>


1. There is a postoffice in the town.
2. That is an apple.


3. Is this your ruler ?
4. That book is big.
5. My house is in the city.
6. That is her bouse.


7. There is a person in the room.
8. My house has a big yard.
9. It’s a desk.


10. Is he a doctor?



<b>IV. Use these jumbled sets of suggested words to write complete sentences. </b>


1. What time/ he / wash/ face?
2. My brother / be / engineer.


3. How many / students / be / there / your school ?
4. Every morning / Nam / get dressed / 6.30 .
5. My school / be / the country.


1. do/ your/ spell/ how/ name/ you?


2. school/ many/ there/ your/ are/ how/ teachers/ in?
3. years/ a/ Hoa/ is/ nurse/ and/ thirty-four/ Mrs/ old/ she/ is
4. two/ one/ are/ telephone/ house/ and/ his/ there/ in/ televisions


<b>V. Each sentence has one mistake. Find and correct it. </b>


1. How does you spell your name? 2. Her brother and her sister is in the yard.
3. How many floor does your school have? 4.What do your brother do ?


5.How many books is there on the bookshelf . 6.Nga live in the city .


7.There are four couch in Lan’s house . 8. Our class is on the three floor.
9. Nhung’s house have six rooms 10. What time your brother gets up?
11. Tom’s house is in the city. It are small. 12. How many teacher are there in your
school?


13. Her garden is big. It’s a garden big. 14. Ba brushes his tooth twice a day.
15. Every morning, we have breakfast at 11 am. 16. This is my book, and there is my book,
too.



17. Do Mai’s sister go to school at seven fifteen? 18. Mai and Hoa lives in a small village.


<b>VI. Fill in each blank with one suitable word to complete the followning passage. (1,0 pt) </b>


1. Hoa’s school is in the (1)__________. It is big and (2____________. There are eighteen classes. There are seven
hundred (3)__________ and forty (4)____________in the school. Her school has a big __________ but it doesn’t
have a garden.


2. My father is a worker . He gets (1) ……….at 5 o’clock . He has (2)……… and goes to work at 6.00 .
Works starts at 7.00 and (3)…………..at 4.00 . So he goes home very early , at 5.00 in the afternoon .In the
evening , he stays at home and (4)………..TV . He goes to (5)………. at 10.00


<b>VII. Read the passage carefully then answer the questions below.(2,0 pt) </b>


* Hi! I’m Hoa. This is my family. We live on Tran Phu street. My father is forty five years old. His name’s Hai.
He’s an engineer. My mother is forty two. Her name’s Mai. She’s a nurse. My brother is Hung. He’s fourteen. Lan
is my sister. She’s ten. I’m twelve. I’m a student.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(42)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=42>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
3. Is her mother a teacher?


4. How old is her brother?


* This is Minh. He is twenty- three years old and he is a teacher. His father is a teacher, too, but his mother is not.
She is a doctor. His father is fifty five years old and his mother is fifty. His sister is an engineer. She is twenty-five.
His younger brother is a student of a university. He is eighteen. They live in the countryside. They are happy family.
1 . How old is Minh?


2 . What does he do?


3 . What does his father do?
4 . How old is he?


5 .What does his mother do?
6 .How old is she?


7 .What does his sister do?
8 .How old is she?


9 .What does his younger brother do?
10 .How old is he?


11 .Where do they live?


12 .How many people are there in Minh’s family?


* Hi. My name is Nga. I’m twelve years old. I live on Nguyen Du Street. There are four people in my family: my
mother, my father, my sister and me. My father is an engineer. He is forty years old. My mother is a nurse. She is
thirty- five. My sister is nine. She is a student. I love my family very much.


1. What’s her name?


2. How many people are there in her family?
3. What does her father do?


4. How old is her mother?
5. How old is her sister?


<b>Unit 6. Places</b>

: Nơi chốn




<b>PRACTICE TEST-UNIT6-ENGLISH 6 </b>



<i><b>*Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest. </b></i>


1. A. foot B. pool C. moon D. food
2. A. match B. catch C. watch D. math
3. A. knife B. wife C. nice D. children
4. A. bedroom B. desk C. bookself D. kitchen


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(43)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=43>

2.a. libraries b. classes c. bookshelves d. cities
3.a. country b. mountains c. blouse d. house
4.a. where b. here c. there d. their
5.a. eat b. breakfast c. read d. teacher
1. movie river hospital rice


2. chair school teacher lunch
3. my country geography twenty
4. she he we the
5. hour home house history


1. A. lake B. bakery C. table D. restaurant
2. A. right B. beautiful C. rice paddy D. behind
3. A. flower B. hospital C. opposite D. store
4. A. temple B. well C. between D. left
5. A. friends B. streets C. works D. lakes


<i><b>*Odd one out : </b></i>


1. A. next to B. beside C. behind D. new
2. A. magazine B. bookstore C. newspaper D. picture book


3. A. patient B. nurse C. doctor D. hospital
4. A. street B. town C. city D. factory


5. A. park B. house C. flat D. building
6. A. lake B. sea C. river D. pool


7. A. trunks B. leaves C. flowers D. birds
8. A. on B. at C. in D. and


9.A. small B. big C. fine D. student
10.A. grade B. class C. country D. school
11.A. get B. city C. wash D. go
12.A. teeth B. breakfast C. face D. brush
13.A. Hospital B. Hotel C. Restaurant D . Literature
14. A. River B. Lake C. Factory D. Mountain
15. A. Next to B. Street C. In front of D. Behind
16. A. small B. nurse C. teacher D. student
17.A. factory B. class C. classroom D. school
18.A.get B. city C. watch D. go
19.A. dinner B. breakfast C. face D. lunch


1. A. lake B. river C. factory D. well
2. A. near B. opposite C. temple D. between
3. A. tree B. restaurant C. park D. flower
4. A. store B. museum C. friend D. hospital
5. A. beautiful B. bakery C. drugstore D. bookstore


<b>I. Make complete sentences from the words given below</b>.
1. There / restaurant/ next/ shop.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(44)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=44>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
4. Park/ has/ flowers


5. There/ vegetable garden / behind / house.


6. The toystore/ between / photocopy story / bookstore.
7.The toystore / between / the police station / the bookstore.
8.There / big yard / in front / house.


9.There / tall trees / behind / house.
10.There / a well / left / house.
11.My father / work / a hospital
12.What / behind / house ?


1. Hotel/ near/ Lan'shouse -> There is a hotel near Lan's house


2. Flowers/ behind/ my house ->………
3. well/ right/ brother's house ->………
4. river/ next/ rice- paddy ->………
5. two photocopy stores/ near/ bookstore ->………


6. hospital/ between/ museum/ factory ->………


7. many trees/ on/ our street ->………
8. mountain/ opposite/ uncle's house ->………
9. two temples/ in/ our village ->………
10. movie theater/ left/ street ->………


<b>*Build up sentences with “There is” and “There are”: </b>



1.flowers / front / my house. 2.police station / next / drugstore.
3.well / right / brother’s house. 4.river / next / rice paddy.


5.two / photocopy store / near / bookstore. 6.hospital / between / museum / factory.
7.many / tree / on / our street. 8.mountains / opposite / uncle’s house.
9.two / temple / in / village. 10.movie theater / left / street.


<b>*Unscramble words to make meaningful sentences. </b>


1./do / you / time / breakfast / have / ? ...
2. /grade / is / he / which / in / ? ...
3./ or / your / small / school / big / is / ? ...
4. / house / where / her / is / ? <sub></sub>... ………..
5. rice paddy / a / that / is ……… .
6. have / Lan / when / literature / does? ………
7. watches / he / after school / television . ………..


<b>*Use the suggestions to write sentences. </b>


1.After school / Ba / often / housework / and / listen / music._ ………. ...
2.you / television / or / play sports / after / school? _ ...
3.Hien / not / have / Math / Monday / Saturday. _ ...
4.What time / your / classes / start / morning? _ ...
5.There / rice paddy / near / house. _ ...
6.bookstore / between / drug store / hotel. _ ...


<b>*Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(45)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=45>

4.Minh lives in a house. It has five rooms. _Minh lives ...
5.His mother works in the hospital. She is a nurse. _His mother works as ...


6.Thu’s house is near the river. _Thu’s house isn’t ...
7.That’s our school. _ That school ...
8.This is a book. It’s old but interesting. _ This is...
9.I usually walk to school. _ I usually go ...
10.My mother cycles to work everyday. _My mother goes ...
1. It's half past six. <sub></sub> It's ………..………


2. Nam is Mrs Lien's son . <i>-></i> Mrs Lien ………..
<i>3.</i> Nam is Mr Lam's son . Mr Lam .. ………..
4. Hoa is Long's sister. <i>—></i> Long . ………...
5. Trung is Mat's brother. -> Mat .. ………...………
6. The tall trees are behind the house . <i>-></i> The house . ………
7. My school has nineteen classrooms. <i>—></i> There are ……….
8.There are forty students in my class. <i>-></i> My class ………
9.The table is small. It.. ………..
10. The rooms are big . They .………


<b>*Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions: </b>


1. They live ………a flat ……….their parents. 2. There are some trees in front ……..the house.
3. The nice paddy is next ……….the river. 4. The back yard is…………the house.


5. There is a well ……..the left ……..the house. 6.The restaurant is ……..the bakery and the bookstore.
7. My works …..a hospital ….Le Loi Street. 8. There are some boats …………the river.


9.Look………the house. 10.There is a big yard……..front……..the house.
11.There are many trees…….the house. 12.There is a well………the left of the house.
13.To the right……the house, there is a flower garden. 14.I live………….a house.


15.There are many people……….the street. 16.They live………. a restaurant.


17.Their house is next………..a book store. 18.His father works………a factory.

*

<b>Complete the sentences with a, an, the, any, some. </b>


1.Do you live in ………..apartment in town? -No we live in ……….house in ……..country.
2.There aren’t ……….restaurants on my street.


3.Is there ……….vegetable garden in front of ……….yard?
4.What is that? -It is ……….. eraser.


5.There are ………..flowers in front of my house.
6.There is ……..rice paddy to the left of my house.
7.Are there ………..lakes in your city?
8.Near ……..river, there is ……….. rice paddy.


<b>*Write a passage about your house, using the cues : </b>


This/ house/ There/ two floors/ first floor/ 5 rooms/ They/ a living-room/ two bedrooms/ a kitchen/ a
bathroom/ upstairs/ 3 rooms/ a bathroom/ two bedrooms/ a garden /behide the house/ left/ a well/ right/ a flower
garden / a big yard / in front/ the house/ It/ beautiful/ like it / much.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(46)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=46>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
<b>*Correct the mistakes: </b>


1.There is a big yard in front the house. 2.There are trees tall behind the house.
3.There is a well to the left the house. 4.Which is Ba house?


5.It’s opposite bakery. 6.It’s next the movie theatre.


7.What’s to right of your house? 8.The toystore is in the police station and the bookstore.
1. Our house have a big yard.



2. They lives in a big city.
3. Do Chi live in a beautiful house.?
4. Their house is next the bookstore.


5. There is a park small in the neighborhood.
6. They eat breakfast on a restaurant.


7. Lan do the housework every day.
8. Minh and Lan is Mr Long's students
9. There is flowers in the park.


10.Thu don't get up at six.
1.Our school have a big yard.
2.They doesn't gel up at six.
3.This is Thu school.


4.Does your school has two floors? <sub></sub>
5.Mai do her homework every clay. <sub></sub>
6.Do your mother work in a hospital?
7.What is this ?_ It's a eraser.


8.What are those? _ They' re my students.
9.There is a drugstore next my house. <sub></sub>
10.To the left the house there are tall trees. <sub></sub>
11.There are a big yard in front of my house.
12.They has two children.


13.My father works on a factory,



14.15 Nam and his family live on a city.
15.She not live in the country. <sub></sub>


16.17.I live in Nguyen Hue Street.
17.She don't go to school in the morning.
18.It' s six past forty.


19.My classroom is on the two floor.
20.I playing computer game at the moment.


6. There are (A) a couch (B), a table and (C) a television in (D) my living room.
7. She lives (A) in (B) a big (C) house near to (D) the park.


8. What (A) is her (B) brother (C) name (D)?


9. Next (A) the house (B), there are (C) tall (D) trees?
10. To (A) the left from (B) the house (C), there is (D) a well.


*<b>Translate into English :</b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(47)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=47>

một cái hồ. Có một cơng viên gần cái hồ. Có một cái khách san gần cơng viên. Trong cơng viên có rất nhiều hoa và
cây cối. Gần nhà của chúng tơi có một cánh đồng.


………
………
………
………..


………
………..



*<b>Arrange into logical dialogue</b> :
1. It's small


2. Is your house near a lake?
3. Hello, Thuy. Where do you live?
4. Yes, it's on the left of the yard


5. Yes, there 's also a rice paddy near my house
6. I live in the country


7. Yes. There is a large yard in front of my house
8. In the country? Is your house big or small?
9. Does your house have a well?


10. Does your house have a yard?’


<b>*Unscramble the sentences to make a dialogue. </b>


1.It’s small. A: ...
2.Is your house near a lake? B: ...
3.Hello, Thuy. Where do you live? A: ...
4.Yes. It’s on the left of the yard. B: ...
5.Yes. There’s also a rice paddy near my house. A: ...
6.I live in the country. B: ...
7.Yes. There is a large yard in front of my house. A: ...
8.In the country? Is your house big or small? B: ...
9.Does your house have a well? A: ...
10.Does your house have a yard? B: ………...
*<b>Put the correct form of the words in brackets: </b>



1. There are many ( tree) ……… on the street


2. There is a ( beauty) ……… rice paddy near my house
3. Our ( child) ……… are in the bookstore


4. In the ( neighbor) ……… there's a museum, a factory and a stadium
5. The photocopy is between the ( bake) ………. and the drug store
6. He ( watch) ……….. television every evening.


<b>*Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the words in brackets. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(48)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=48>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
6.My father ……… television every evening. WATCH
7.Their house is in the ……… area. MOUNTAIN
8.My uncle is a ………. . He ……… and sells bread. BAKE


<b>*</b>

<b>Give the correct form of the verbs : </b>


1.Phong’s school ______ two floors. (have) 2.They ______to school at seven o’clock. (go)
3.What does she do?-She _____a teacher. (be) 4.Ba ______ his teeth every morning. (brush)
5.Minh is a worker.He ____ in the factory. (work) 6.There _____ trees and flowers near my house. (be)
7. How old (be) …………he? 8. Lan (watch) …………television every day.
9. There (be) ……… four people in my family. 10. They (play) ……… soccer after school.
11. He (have)……… breakfast every morning. 12. Ba (get) …………up at six o’clock.


<i>1.I enjoy (listen)………..……….to pop music. </i>
<i>2.(He / live) ………..….in a house or a flat? </i>


<i>3.There (be) ………...a notebook on the table, but there (not be) …………..……any pens. </i>


<i>4.Is the white hat hers? _ No, hers (be)……….……..the black one. </i>


<i>5.(Not talk) ………in the class! </i>


<i>6.Mr. Ba (not work)……….….here. He (work)………….….in a factory on Le Loi street. </i>
1- What time you <b>(start)</b>___________your classes?


2- We <b>(not read)</b> ____________ books after lunch.


3- Tom is my friend. He <b>(play) </b>__________sports everyday.
4- My sister <b>(have)____________</b> breakfast at 6.30 am
5- Every evening, my father <b>(watch)</b> __________television.
6- I am in grade 12 and my brother <b>(be)</b> __________in grade 7.
7- What time Mai <b>(go)</b>___________to school?


8- They <b>(not listen)</b>____________to music in the evening.
9-they <b>(play)</b> _________soccer after school?


10- My father <b>(go)</b>________to work at half past six every morning.
11- Ba and Hoa <b>(not do)</b>_________their homework in the evenings
12- My school is small but her school <b>(be)</b> _________big


<b>*Make questions for the underlined parts. </b>


1.……….? _The bakery is in front of my house.
2.……….? _My father works in a factory.


3.……….? _There are three bookstores near her school.
4.……….? _Hoa’s house is in the country.



5.……….? _My brother’s name is Quang.


6.……….? _Their children are three and nine years old.
7.……….? _The toy store is next to the bookstore.
8.……….? _That’s a rice paddy.


9.……….? _These are our neighbors.
10.……….? _There’s a hotel near a park.
11.……….? _We are in grade six.


12……….? _We are in Miss Lan Phuong’s class.


*

Make questions for these responses

:



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(49)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=49>

3.………..….? _The board is on the wall.
4.………..…….? _My father is at work.


5.………..….? _ No, there isn’t a photo on the wall.
6.………..…….? _It’s in the bath room.


7.………..….? _The chairs are in the dining room.


8.………..….? _ Yes, there are many flowers in the garden.
9.………..…….? _Minh’s mother works in a hospital.


10.………..….? _She goes to Quang Trung school.
11.………..…….? _Yes, my house is opposite a bookstore.
12.………..…….? _Yes, her city has a large stadium.


*<b>Make questions for the following responses.</b>



1.……….? _Nga lives in the city.


2.……….? _Yes. There is a police station near my school.
3.……….? _He goes to Quang Trung School.


4.……….? _No, she works in a museum.
5.……….? _I have two brothers and a sister.


6.……….? _There are three bookstores near our house.
7.……….? _On the weekend we often go out to eat.
8.……….? _The cat is in the box.


9.……….? _Those children are her students.


10.……….? _On Monday we have math, physics, History and Civics.
*<b>Read the passage and do as directed :</b>


Hello!My name is Minh.I live in the city with my father, mother and sister. My house is very beautiful.
In front of my house, there are beautiful flowers. Behind the house, there is a hospital.The toystore is opposite the
house. Near the house, there is a stadium. It is between the restaurant and the drugstore.


a.<i>Decide the following sentences true or false ?:</i>


1.Minh lives in the city.<b> </b> <b> </b>………
2.There is a hospital behind my house. ………
3.The house is between the restaurant and the drugstore. ………
4.The toystore is next to the house. ………
b.<i>Answer the questions: </i>



1.Where does Minh live?...
2.Where is the hospital?...
3.What is there near the house?...
4.Where is the toystore?...


My name is Mai. I’m eleven years old. I’m a student. I live in a small house in the city. My house
is next to a park. I get up at half past five. I get dressed and brush my teeth. I have breakfast go to school
at six thirty. The school is near my house. Classes start at seven and end at eleven. I go home at twelve
o’clock. I play games after school. In the evening, I do my homework.


a.<i>Write True (T) or False (F):</i>


1/ Her house is next to a park. ______
2/ She goes home at eleven o’clock. ______


<b>b.</b><i>Answer the questions:</i>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(50)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=50>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
3/ What time does she go to school? ……….


4/ What does she do in the evening? ……….


<b>*Complete the passage with the words from the box. </b>


<i>bookshelf – chairs – clothes – dictionary – large – near – newspapers – opposite – right – wall </i>
This is Nam’s room. His room is not very (1)………. . There are two (2)………, a table, a bed, a
wardrobe and a (3)………..in his room. The table is (4)……….the window. There is an inkpot, some
books and an English-Vietnamese (5)………. on the table. The bed is on the (6)……….. of the room.
There are also some books and (7)……… on the bed. The wardrobe is (8)………. the bed. Nam has
many (9)……… . His clothes are all in the wardrobe. The bookshelf is on the (10)……….. . There are


many books on it.


*Adding a word into the corect order:


<i>has___paddy___brother___in___is___twelve_____near_____are </i>


Hello. My name's Chau. I'm(1)... and I'm a student. I have a (2)... Thanh. He's twenty. We
live in a house (3)... a lake. Our house(4)..:... a yard. It's beautiful here. There (5)... a river and a
lake. There is a hotel near the lake. There is a park near the hotel. There(6)...trees and flowers (7)... the
park. There is a rice (8)...near our house.




Ha is twelve years old. He is in grade six . He lives in the country with his family. There are four people
in his family. His house is not big but it is beautiful. In front of the house, there is a yard with a lot of flowers. The
vegetable garden is behind the house. Behind the vegetable garden, there are tall trees. To the left of the house there
is a well.


a.Ha lives in the city.


b.His family has three people
c.His house is beautiful


d.There are a lot of flowers in the yard.


e.There is a vegetable garden in front of the house.
f.The mountains are behind the garden.


<b>*Use the cues bellow to write a paragraph, and then answer the questions that follow. </b>



An / twelve / years old. He / grade 6. He / live / his mother / father / two sisters / city. His house / next / store.
On / street / there / restaurant / bookstore / and / temple. In / neighborhood / there / hospital / and / factory. An /
father / work / factory. His mother / work / nurse / in / hospital.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(51)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=51>

8.Is there a school in the neighborhood? - ...
9.Where does Nam’s father work? - ...
10.What does his mother do? - ……….

.



*

<b>Read the passage and do the tasks that follow. </b>


My name is Thu. I am 14 years old. I am in grade 8, class 8 C. I live in the country. My house is next to a big
park. Everyday, I go to school by bike. My classes start at seven and end at eleven fifteen.


<b>Task 1: </b><i>Complete the table:</i>
Name: <b>Thu </b>


Age: ………..….years old
Grade: ………..….
Classes start: ………...…..
Classes end: ………..…


<b>Task 2: </b><i>Answer the following questions</i><b>: </b>


1. Which grade is Thu in?
2. Where does she live?
3. How does she go to school?


4. What time do classes start and end?
*<b>Complete the dialouge :</b>



<i><b> </b>English 6:30 play What Tuesday time </i>
Ba: What ________ do you go to school?


Lan: I go to school at ___________ .
Ba: __________ do you have today?


Lan: It’s Monday. I have Math, Literature and History.
Ba: When do you have _____________?


Lan: I have it on __________ and Friday.
Ba: What do you do after school?
Lan: I ___________ volleyball.


<b>*Choose the best answer to finish each of the sentences bellow. </b>


1.There ……… a cinema and two shops near my house.


a. are b. is c. yes d. have
2.The library is ………. the staffroom and the headmaster’s room.


a. on b. in c. between d. under
3.My house is not far ………… my school.


a. near b. from c. in d. on
4.Whose bicycle is that? _It’s ……….. .


a. Mary’s b. Mary bicycle c. bicycle Mary’s d. bicycle’s Mary
5.My school is big and ………… is small.


a. she b. her c. she’s d. hers


6.Is there a library in your school? _Yes, …………. .


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(52)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=52>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
a. What b. Who c. Whose d. Which


8.………... class are you in? _Miss Thu’s.


a. What b. Which c. Who d. Whose
9.There’s ………. big tree behind ……….. house.


a. the / a b. the / the c. a / an d. a / the
10.My father usually …………. TV after …………. dinner.


a. watches / the b. watches / Ø c. watchs / Ø d. watch / a
11.Every evening he does …………. homework.


a. his b. the c. a d. an


12.…………. Saturday afternoon, he plays games.


a. On b. In c. At d. By


13.We have Literature ………..7:15 …………..8:00.


a. at / and b. from / to c. at / to d. from / at
14.Does she ………….. Math on Friday?


a. have b. has c. haves d. having
15………….do you have Biology on Monday?



a. When b. What time c. What d. How
11. What are ……….? ~ They are flowers.


A. this B. that C. these D. there
12. There is a well in front ………… the house.


A. from B. to C. of D. on


13. We live ……….. a house.


A. in B. on C. at D. from


14. ………… the right of her house, there are beautiful flowers.


A. In B. At C. From D. To


15. ………... is his house? ~ It’s on Nguyen Trai Street.


A. What B. Where C. When D. How
16. ……….. is that? ~ It’s a rice paddy.


A. What B. Where C. Who D. Which
17. Minh lives in the city ……… his father, mother and sister.


A. and B. with C. near D. but


18. The restaurant is ………… the drugstore.


A. next B. near to C opposite D. behind of
19. There are a lot of books in a …………



A. factory B. bookstore C. stadium D. bakery
20. Minh’s father is an engineer. He works in a ………….


A. drugstore B. restaurant C. school D. factory
6. My house is ……… the bookstore and the toy store.


A. near B. between C. next to D. to the left of
7. There is a park ……… our school.


A. to the right B. in front C. near D. next
8. Nam’s father works in a ………. He’s a doctor.


A. factory B. hospital C. stadium D. temple
9. ……….. does your mother work? ~ In a museum.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(53)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=53>

A. to B. in C. at D. on
11. Minh lives in the city ……….. his father, mother and sister.


A. to B. with C. at D. in


12. ……….. house is next to a bookstore.


A. They B. Them C. Their D. It
13. In the ………….., there is a factory and a hospital.


A. yard B. garden C. park D. neighborhood
14. What are ………..? ~ They are trees.


A. this B. this C. these D. the


15. We eat dinner in a small …………


A. store B. restaurant C. museum D. bookstore


1). Where are the flowers? -They are _______ of the house.
a) front b) behind c) to the right d) the left
2). My father ______ in a hospital.


a) works b) workes c) to work d) work
3). The drugstore is _____ the bakery an the bookstore.
a) next to b) in c) opposite d) between
4). ______ is the yard? - It's in front of the house.


a). When b). Where c). What d). Who
5). Their house is ______ a bookstore.


a) in to b) next to c) from d) at
6). Minh lives in the city ______ his parents.
a) with b) in c) at d) on
7). _____ there factories in your neighborhood?
a). Be b). Is c). Am d). Are
8). There ______ big houses near the school.
a) is b) am c) are d) be


9). There _______ a pen and two pencils on the table.
a) is b) are c) am d) be


10). Mary's father is a teacher. He works in ______.


<b>*Finish the following dialogue. </b>



Lien: Hello, Mai. (1) ………?
Mai : I live on Hoang Van Thu Street.


Lien: (2)……… on your street?


Mai : There is a restaurant, a bookstore, a temple, a hotel and a police station.
Lien: (3)………?
Mai : No, my house isn’t near the bookstore.


Lien: (4) ………?
Mai : The police station is to the left of my house.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(54)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=54>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
Lien: I don’t have my timetable here. (6)………..………….today?


Mai : We have English, Geography, History and Math.


*<b>Find the antonym to the words</b> :


1.OPEN A. watch B. have C. close D. listen


2.UP A. in B. down C. on D. to


3.BIG A. small B. late C. fine D. tall
4.LEFT A. near B. opposite C. next D. right
5.START A. brush B. live C. spell D. finish
*<b>Match column A with column B:</b>


<b>A</b> <b>B </b>



1. What does she do? a-It's on Nguyen du Street


2. What is there near your house? b-In a restaurant
3. Does your house have a yard? c-The big house
4. Where does Nam's brother work? d-They are in the school yard


5. What is next to the bakery? e-She's a teacher
6. Where are the flowers? f-A bookstore
7. Where is your school? g-Yes, it does


8. Which is Thu's school? h-There is a lake near my house


*

<b>Read the text carefully. Then answer the questions:</b>


hong is twelve years old .He is in grade 6. He lives in a house with his father, mother and two sisters.
Their house is next to a bookstore. On the street , there is a hotel , a temple and a department store. In
the neighborhood, there is a hospital, a factory and a stadium. Phong's father works in the factory. His
mother works in the hospital. On Sundays, Phong plays soccer with his friends in the stadium.


Answer the questions

:



1.Where does Phong live?


2.How many people are there in his family?
3-What is next to his house?


4-What is there in the neighborhood?
5-Is there a hotel near his house?
6-Where does his mother work?



<b>1- </b>What are______________? -They are flowers


a-this b-that c-these d-there


<b>2-</b>There is a well in front ____________ the house


a-from b- to c- of d-on


<b>3-</b>We live _________ a house


a- in b- on c- at d-from


<b>4-</b>There is a factory ___________ my house


a- next b-opposite c-at d-in front


<b>5-</b>_______ does your father work?


a- What b-How c-Where d-Which


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(55)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=55>

a-museum b- hospital c-stadium d-restaurant


<b>7-</b>We have our lunch in a small __________


a-restaurant b- toy store c-bookstore d-apartment


<b>8-</b> Minh's father is an engineer. He works in _______.


a- drugstore b- restaurant c-school d-factory



<b>9-</b>There are a lot of books in a ______________


a-factory b-police-station c-bakery d- movie theater


<b>10-______</b> do you go to school?
a-How b-what c-What d- which


<b>III- Hoàn thành </b>đ<b>o</b>ạ<b>n v</b>ă<b>n sau b</b>ằ<b>ng cách </b>đ<b>i</b>ề<b>n m</b>ộ<b>t t</b>ừ<b> thích h</b>ợ<b>p vào m</b>ỗ<b>i ch</b>ỗ<b> tr</b>ố<b>ng </b>


My name is Hoang. I’m in (1)__________6, class 6D. My school is in the country and it is small. My
school (2)_________two floors and sixteen classes. There are five hundred (3)_________ and forty teachers in my
school. My classroom is (4)__________ the first floor. There are twenty- seven students in my class. There are
fifteen boys and twelve girls. Miss White is the teacher of English. She is very kind and helpful.


<b>IV- Em hãy </b>đọ<b>c </b>đ<b>o</b>ạ<b>n v</b>ă<b>n sau và tr</b>ả<b> l</b>ờ<b>i câu h</b>ỏ<b>i </b>


Đ<i><b>o</b></i>ạ<i><b>n 1:</b></i> My name is John. I am now on my uncle’s farm. This is about my life and work here. Every
morning we get up at 5.30 and have breakfast, we start work on the farm. At 11.45, we have lunch. We start work
again at 2.00 and finish it at 5.00. At 6.30, we have dinner and after dinner, we watch TV. I have some friends here.
Sometimes we go to the movies in the evening. We go to bed at 10.00.


<b>Questions: </b>


1- Where is John now?


2- What time does he have breakfast?
3- What does he do at 2.00 in the afternoon?
4- What does he usually do after dinner?



Đ<i><b>o</b></i>ạ<i><b>n 2:</b></i> This is my friend. Her name is Linh. She goes to school from Monday to Saturday. Her school is
on Nguyen Cao Street and it’s big. It has five floors. Linh’s classroom is on the 3rd floor. She is in grade 6, class 6A.
There are thirty- two students in her class.


Linh starts her classes at 2 o’clock in the afternoon and finishes them at 4.30. On Monday, she has math,
literature and English. Afer school Linh plays badminton, but her friend, Lien doesn’t play it. She plays volleyball.
Linh goes home at 5.30


<b>Questions: </b>


1- Where is Linh’s school?


2- How many floors does her school have?
3- Which class is Linh in?


4- What time does Linh start her classes in the afternoon?


Đ<i><b>o</b></i>ạ<i><b>n 3:</b></i> I’m Mai. I’m twenty years old. I am a student. I live in a big city with my family. I’m in grade six.
I get up at six every morning. I wash my face at 6.10. I have breakfast at 6.15. I go to school at 6.30.


<b>Questions: </b>


1- What does Mai do?
2- Where does she live?
3- What time does she get up?
4- What does she do at 6.30?


<b>V- Em hãy </b>đọ<b>c </b>đ<b>o</b>ạ<b>n v</b>ă<b>n sau r</b>ồ<b>i quy</b>ế<b>t </b>đị<b>nh các câu sau </b>đ<b>úng hay sai, </b>đ<b>i</b>ề<b>n (T) n</b>ế<b>u câu </b>đ<b>úng; (F) n</b>ế<b>u câu sai. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(56)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=56>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


afternoon. His father is a doctor. He works in a big hospital next to a small hotel. His mother is a secretary. She
works in an office near Jim’s school.


1- Jim’s house is next to a museum 1-__________
2- He plays soccer near the lake every morning. 2- _________


3- His father works in a hospital. 3- _________
4- His mother is a secretary in an office near Jim’s school 4- _________


<b>Unit 7. Your house</b>



<b>PRACTICE TEST-UNIT7-ENGLISH 6 </b>



<i><b>*Odd one out : </b></i>


1. a. big b. small c. old d. well


2. a. flower b. lake c. tree d. garden
3. a. town b. city c. country d. house
4. a. travel b. bike c. bus d. car
5. a. get b. travel c. school d. start


<b>*Choose the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently. </b>


1.a. vegetable b. lake c. tall d. plane
2.a. restaurant b. river c. well d. left
3.a. office b. behind c. clinic d. picture
4.a. photo b. motorbike c. home d. work
5.a. hour b. house c. half d. hotel



<b>I. Make complete sentences from the words given below</b>.


1.His name / Hoang. 2.He / student.


3.Every day / he / get up / 5.30. 4.He / take / shower / get dressed.
5.he / have / breakfast / then / leave house / 6.30 6.school / near / house / he / walk.
7.classes / start / 7.00 / end / 11.30. 8.He / walk home / have lunch / 12.00.
9.The bakery / between / house / factory. 10.In front of / house / there/ a well / some flowers
11.near / house / there / a rice paddy. 12.My house/ beautiful.


<b>*Use the suggestions to write questions with “How” and answers. </b>


1.You/ go / school / foot. 2.They /go / work / car.
3.Ba / go / library / motorbike. 4.She / go / country / train.


5.They / go / factory / bus. 6.Mr. Lam / travel / Ha Noi / plane.
<b>*Use the suggestions to write sentences to describe your house. </b>


1.My house/ beautiful.


2.In front of / house / there/ a well / some flowers
3.near / house / there / a rice paddy.


4.The bakery / between / house / factory.


<b>*Unscramble words to make meaningful sentences. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(57)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=57>

4.many / how / pupils / there / class / her / in / are.
5.goes / father / bus / work / her / by / to.



6.time / leave / the / what / morning / Mr. Ba / does / house / in / his?
7.any / street / there / our / aren’t / on / trees.


8.city / is / brother / Phong / with / the / his / in.


9.front / a / house / there / of / garden / her / is / in / vegetable?


10.Ho Chi Minh City / Mrs. Oanh / do / family / to / how / and / travel / her?
*<b>Complete the sentences using the given words. </b>


1. My sister/ be/ doctor. 2. There / be/ 40 students/ my class.


3. My father / mother / be / doctors. 4. There / be/ one television/ my house.
5. How old/ be/ your brother? 6. My classroom/ be/ first floor.
7. How many/ students/ your school/ have? 8. Minh/ get up/ wash/ face/ 6.15/ every morning.
9. I/ listen/ music/ every evening. 10. Lan / I/ be/ twelve/ old.
11. We/ have/ English/ Monday/ Tuesday. 12. Hoa / have/ Math/ Tuesday/ Friday/ Saturday.
13.When/ you/ have/ History? 14. When/ she/ have/ Literature?
15. What/ we/ have/ Thursday? 16. You / have/ Math/ Friday?
17. He/ have/ English/ Wednesday? 18. How / you / travel / school?


19.There/ be/ any/ flowers/ your yard? 20.There/ be/ big hotel/ near/ house.
21.The toy store/ be/ between/ restaurant/ bookstore 22.To/ left/ house/ there/ be/ a river.
23.She/ live/ apartment/ town. 24.My mother/ work/ hospital
25.You/ go/ school/ bus? 26.Your mother/ walk/ the market?


27.He/ live/ apartment/ or/ house? 28.There/ be/ many trees/ in front/ my school
29.There/ be/ well/ right/ he house 30.Mr. Ba/ travel/ Ho Chi Minh city/ plane


31.Minh / brother /live / apartment / town. 32.Mrs. Lan / and / children / travel / London / plane.


33.There / be / any / flowers / your / school / yard? 34.He / not / ride / home / but / taxi.


35.Sister / have / bike / and / cycle / work / every day. 36.You / drive / work / or / go / bus?
37.Our apartment / have / five / room / and / 5th floor. 38.Your mother / travel / work / foot?


<b>*Build up sentences from the prompts to make a passage. </b>


1.His name / Hoang.


2.He / student.


3.Every day / he / get up / 5.30.
4.He / take / shower / get dressed.
5.he / have / breakfast / then / leave house / 6.30
6.school / near / house / he / walk.
7.classes / start / 7.00 / end / 11.30.


8.He / walk home / have lunch / 12.00. ………...


<b>*Change the following sentences into the negative and interrogative, using “any”. </b>


1.There are flowers in the garden.
2.There are workers in the factory.
3.There are doctors in the clinic.


4.There are supermarkets in the country.
5.There are banks on this street.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(58)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=58>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
1.She goes to Nguyen Du School. =>Which school...?


2.She goes to school by bus. =>How...?
3.They work in the factory. => Where...?
4.They go to work by car. =>How………?
5.We have English on Thursday afternoon. => When...?
6.Lan has one brother. => How many...?
7.He does his homework after school. => What...?
8.Her mother works in the hospital. => Where ………...?


<b>*Finish the second sentence so that it has the same meaning as the first. </b>


1.My mother often walks to the market. _My mother goes
2.There are many flowers in my garden. _My garden


3.Does your father cycle to work? _Does your father get ?


4.The garden is behind Nam’s classroom. _Nam’s
5.Tom drives to work every morning. _Tom travels
6.I go to work by bus. _I take ……….


<b>*Supply the correct verb form.</b>


1.Mai (listen) ………..to music every night.


2.They (not / travel) ………..to work by bus. They (drive) ………
3.Jane (walk) ……….to school.


4.How (Minh / go) ………..to school every day?
5.We (do)……….. our homework every day.
6.He (not watch)……….. television every morning.
7.The museum (be) ……….to the right of the toy store.


8.When (Lan / have) ……….Literature?


9.There (be) ………..a well and two trees on the right of the house.


10.(be) ……….there any trees behind your house? –No, there (be)…………..any.
<b>*Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following passage. </b>


Mr. Cuong (be)……….a teacher. He (teach)………..in a big school in town. The school (not
be)………..near his house so he (travel)………..to work by motorbike. He often
(leave)………his house at 6.30 in the morning and (go)……….home at 11.30. He
(have)………..lunch at twelve o’clock. In the afternoon he (not go)………to school, he stays at
home. He usually (read)………books, listens to music or (watch)………TV. Sometimes he
(play)……….sports. He likes his job very much.




<b>*Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets. </b>


1.There (be) ………...any flowers behind your house?


2.You (live) ……….. near a market? It (be) ………noisy?
3.There (not be) ……….any stores on my street.


4.He (not live) ……….. in an apartment in town. He (live) ……….in a house in the countryside.
5.Your house (have)………..….a garden?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(59)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=59>

<b>*Choose the word (A, B, C or D) that best fits each of the blank spaces</b>:
Dear Lan,


Thank you (1) your letter. I’m in the country with my friend, Minh. He lives in (2) old house. But it


is beautiful. In front of the house, there is a (3) garden. Behind (4) the house, there is a well.
To the left of the house, there are paddy fields. To the right of the house, there are (5) . Here is a photo.
Write soon.


Love,
Nam


1. a. about b. with c. for d. of
2. a. a b. an c. the d. Þ
3. a. vegetable b. vegetables c. trees d. flowers
4. a. of b. from c. to d. Þ


5. a. tree b. flowers c. mountain d. store


<b>*Read the passage and answer the questions bellow. </b>


Hello, I’m Trung. This is my school. It is small and old but it is beautiful. Behind the school, there is a
large yard. After school in the afternoon we often play soccer there. The yard is clean and there are many trees and
flowers there. My friends and I sit under the trees every morning to review our lessons. My school has two floors
and fifteen classrooms. My classroom is on the first floor. There are forty-three teachers in my school. They are
good teachers. I love them and I love my school very much.


1.Is Trung’s school big?


2.What is there behind Trung’s school?


3.What do Trung and his friends play after school?


4.Where do Trung and his friends sit every morning to review their lessons?
5.How many teachers are there in his school?



<b>*Choose the correct answer. </b>


1.There is a yard (behind / in front / next / near) of my house.
2.Hoa sits (between / in front / next / to the left) Nga and Lan.


3.Does she take a shower? -Yes. She (take/ takes/ to take/ taking) a shower every morning.
4.Near my house, there are (big / beautiful / small / tall) flowers.


5. (Who / Where / When / Which) school do you go to? -I go to Nguyen Du School.
6.(What / Where / When / Which) is the well? - It’s behind my house.


7.My mother is a doctor. She works in a (police station / factory / temple / hospital )


8.Does your father go to work on Sunday? -(Yes, he does. /Yes, he is. /Yes, I do./Yes, he goes)
9.Is there (a / an / any / some) store on your street?


10. (How/When/How many/When) does he go to the bank? -He walks.


11.Can Nga play volleyball?-No, (she isn't /she mustn’t / she doesn't / she can’t)
12.How do you go to Ha Noi? – By (a car / her car / the car / car)


1.The police ... is next to the drugstore.


A. station B. house C. home D. store
2.The bookstore is to the left of the movie ... .


A. station B. theater C. home D. school
3.We eat in a ... on Sunday.



A. book B. theater C. restaurant D. school
4.There are ... books and two pens on the table.


A. a B. an C. some D. the
5.It’s very... in a market.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(60)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=60>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
6.Ba lives in an ... in town.


A. apartment B. house C. home D. flat
7.There is a lake ... front ... my school.


A. on/of B. in/of C. at/of D. in/on
8.Nam ... to school every morning.


A. walk B. walkes C. walking D. walks
9.She ... to Ha Noi by car.


A. go B. travels C. travel D. walk
10.What time ... the classes start? - At seven o’clock.


A. is B. does C. do D. are
11.The school is near my house ... I walk.


A. that B. but C. so D. this
12.She watches T.V at quarter ... seven.


A. in B. on C. to D. at
13.We live ... a house ... a street.



A. at/in B. on/in C. in/on D. in/at


14.Are there ... students in the classroom? - No, there aren’t.


A. some B. a C. an D. any
15... there a clinic near your house? - Yes, there is.


A. Do B. Does C. Is D. Are
16.Lan doesn’t ... her homework in the morning.


A. do B. does C. take D. get


<b>*Fill in each blank with one of the words from the list. </b>


<i>behind – are – beautiful – house – is – rice paddy – there </i>


Nga lives in a small village with her father, mother and her brother, Minh. She lives in a small
(1)………..house (2)……….. . It is old and beautiful. There (3) …………..a garden in front of the house.
In the garden, there are (4)………flowers. There are mountains (5) ……… the house. To the left of
the house there is a small (6) ……….. . To the right of the house (7) ……….is a well. There is not a
vegetable garden and there (8)……….not any tall trees.


<b>*Fill in each blank with a word from the box. </b>


because - bed - classes - finish - goes - home - near - teachers - watches - work


Miss Young lives in Ha Noi. She (1)……….English at a school in the city centre. She goes to
(2)………every working day by bike (3)………her house is (4)……….the school. Her
(5)………….start at eight o’clock in the morning and (6)…………..4.30 in the afternoon. After work she plays
tennis or (7)………swimming. She comes (8)………at half past six, and has dinner. After dinner she


(9)……….television. She goes to (10)……….at 11 o’clock.


<b>*Supply the correct verb form. </b>


1.My father usually (go)………to wok by bike. Sometimes he (cycle) ……….. .
2.There (be)………any flowers behind your house?


3.Mr. Tam (not travel)………to Ho Chi Minh City by plane. He (travel) ……….by train.
4.You (live)……….near a market? –It (be) ………noisy?


5.There (not be) ………..any stores on our street.


6.We (not live) ………in an apartment in town. We (live)………in a house in the country.


<b>*Fill in the blanks with “a, an, the, any” </b>


1.Do you live in ………..apartment in town? -No, we live in ……house in …….country.
2.There aren’t ………restaurants on my street.


3.Is there ………..vegetable garden in front of ………yard?
4.What’s that on the floor? _It’s ……….eraser.


5.Are there ………lakes in your city?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(61)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=61>

<b>*Make questions for the underlined words. </b>


1.……….? _There is a flower garden behind her house.
2.……….? _We live at 34 Hoang Dieu Street.


3.……….? _Our street has two toy stores.


4.……….? _There are thirty students in the class.
5.……….? _My school is big and it is new.


6.……….? _She goes to Nguyen Du Secondary School.
7.……….? _They work in the factory.


8.……….? _We have English on Tuesday and Friday.
9.……….? _Lan has one brother.


10……….? _ My father helps me do my homework.


<b>*Correct the mistakes: </b>


1.My classroom is in the first floor.


2.Ba gets up and wash his face at 6 o’clock.
3.When does your mother watches television?
4.Minh is sister’s small.


5.There is many rivers and lakes in the city.
6.It is a big nice green house.


1. What is your first class in Monday?
2. I goes to bed at ten o’clock


3. She have her breakfast at home.
4. Does you play sports?


5. When do we has history?
6. Does she wash she face?



7. Do your brother play sports every afternoon?
8. He brush his teeth in the morning.


9. Trung’s classroom is in the third floor.
10. What you do?


11. She have one sister and one brother.
12. My teacher goes to home.


13. Does Lien play soccer?- No, she does.
14. We have the geography today.


15. I eat an big breakfast.


<b>*Fill in each blank with a suitable word to complete the dialogue. </b>


A: Good morning, Mr. Minh. Do you (1)………..in town?
B: Yes. I live in (2)………..apartment.


A: Is (3)……….a supermarket near the (4)……….?
B: Yes, there’s also a bank, a clinic (5)………a hotel.
A: Are there any (6) ………near it?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(62)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=62>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
B: Yes, (9)………very noisy.


A: (10)………..do you do, Mr. Minh?
B: I (11) ………..an engineer.



A: Where do you (12)………..?
B: I work in a big factory near the country.


A: (13)………..do you (14)………..to work?
B: I travel (15)………..car.


A: Thank you very much.


<b>*Make questions for the underlined words.</b>


1.Mai lives in the city.<b> </b> <b> </b>2.Nam’s
father works in a factory.


3.They work in a hospital.
4.He goes to Le Loi school.


5.She walks to school.
6.I have two brothers and one sister.


7.There are three bookstores near my house
8.The toystore is opposite the drugstore.
9.We have English on Tuesday and Thursday.
10.She has Literature on Monday and Friday.
11.He watches television after school.
12.Daisy has breakfast at 6 a.m.


<b>*Choose one word which doesn’t belong to the group of the other words. </b>


1. math, history, timetable, literature. <b>*Rewrite the sentences</b>.



2. game, soccer, volleyball, housework. 1. There is a flower garden in my house.


3. Friday, Monday, Tuesday, today. My house………
4. do, homework, watch, listen. 2. Hoa’s school has twenty classrooms.


5. dinner, shower, breakfast, lunch. There………..
6. small, big, fine, student. 3. Mai walks to school.


7. grade, class, city, school. Mai……….
8. get, country, wash, go. 4. He travels to Ha Noi by car.


9. nurse, doctor, engineer, school. He ………..
10. my, me, his, her. 5. Lan goes to school by bike.


11. big, small, old, well. Lan……….
12. flower, lake, tree, garden. My house is behind the hotel.


13. town, city, country, house. The hotel……….
14. travel, bike, bus, car. 6. The drugstore is to the right of the bakery.


15. get, leave, school, start. The bakery……….
16. lake, river, factory, well. 7. He goes to school at seven fifteen.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(63)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=63>

19. store, museum, friend, hospital. Are there………...?
20. beautiful, bakery, drugstore, bookstore.


<b>Unit 8. Out and about</b>

: Đi đây đi đó



<b>PRACTICE TEST-UNIT8-ENGLISH 6 </b>




*<b>Odd one out :</b>


1. a. play b. ride c. bike d. drive
2. a. doctor b. hospital c. teacher d. business
3. a. morning b. farm c. market d. eat
4. a. slow b. homework c. work d. math
5. a. dangerous b. road c. sign d. interesting


<b>I. Make complete sentences from the words given below</b>.


1.Thu and Lan / play / video games. 2.Hoa / watch / television.
3.They / walk / school. 4.We / travel / school / bus.
5.I / wait / train. 6.Mr. Hai / not / drive / work.
7.The girls / not / talk. 8.What / Miss Hoa / do?
9.They / wait / bus? 10.How / Lan / go / zoo?


11. Ba / leave / house for school. 12.The farmer / take vegetables / market.
13.Mrs. Brown / children / eating / breakfast / food stall. 14.Your friends / play / volleyball / yard / now.
15.sign / say / that / cannot / go / this street. 16.Mr. Hung / travel / work / car / moment.
17.Who / you / wait / bus stop? 18.sign / warn / us / that / must not / right / but / straight ahead.
19.Phong / uncle / load / truck / vegetables / moment. 20.Mrs. Huong / nurse / and / ride / hospital.
21.There / many / road sign / our street. 22.Trung / father / policeman / and / have / difficult job.


<b>*Put the words in their right orders to make sentences. </b>


1.doing / is / mother / your/ what ? 2.Nam / Ba / what / doing / are / and / now ?
3.that / Hanoi / to / going / businessman / is / present. 4.must / you / drive / carefully / your .
5.roads / accidents / many / are / there / our / on. 6.truck / is / he / driving / his.


7.street / can't / you / into / go / that. 8.waiting / is / who / he / for ?



9.driving / Quang / to / Hue / is. 10. vegetables / the / market / to / taking / is / he / the.

...



<b>*Make questions and then answer them, using the suggested words. </b>


1.Where / Mrs. Hoa / work? (library) 2.What / she / do /now? (read a book)


3.What / she / do? (a librarian) 4. How / she / travel / work / every day? (cycle)
5.She / like / read books? (Yes) 6. She / read / a book / moment? (No / listen / music)


<b>*Write sentences with "can" and "must" </b>


Model: <i>Ha / play games / afternoon / do her homework / afternoon. </i>


<i> Ha can play games in the afternoon, but she must do her homework in the evening. </i>
1.Loan / play badminton / Sundays / do housework first.


2.Ba / watch TV / evening / go / bed / early.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(64)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=64>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
4.Lan / go out / friends / Saturday / help / mother / kitchen first.


5.Hoa / stay up late / Saturday night / get up before seven.


<b>*Write the negative sentences with "mustn't" </b>


1.We / young / so / not / ride / motorbike. 2.Traffic lights / green / not cross the street.
3.It / stop sign / not / go straight on. 4.Roads / dangerous / not ignore road signs.
5.There / intersection ahead / not go fast. 6.There / "No Parking sign" / not park here.



<b>*Fill in each blank with "can, can't, must, mustn’t" </b>


1.I___________ swim. I go swimming every week.
2.The traffic lights are red. You ___________stop.


3.The cars go very fast. We ___________be careful.
4.You ___________play in the street.


5.My brother ___________drive a car. He's very young.
6.The students ____________ do their homework.


7.There is a "No Parking" here. You ____________ park your car here.
8.This sign says "Stop". We ____________ stop.


9.Our roads are dangerous places. We ____________ have discipline.
10. We _________ not go fast.


<b>*Use the suggestions to write sentences using the present progressive tense. </b>


1.He / read a book. 2.She / play the piano.
3.I / do my homework. 4.We / travel / school.
5.Father / watch / football / TV 6.David / study English.
7.Students / do a test now 8.They / listen to music.
9.Thu and Lan / play / video games 10.Hoa / watch / television.
11.They / walk / school. 12.Mr. Hai / not / drive / work.
13.I / wait / train. 14.We / travel / school / bus


<b>*Make questions and then answer them, using the suggested words. </b>


1.Where / Mrs. Hoa / work? (library)


2.What / she / do /now? (read a book)
3.What / she / do? (a nurse)


4.How / she / travel / work / every day? (cycle)
5.She / like / read books? (Yes)


6. She / read / a book / moment? (No / listen / music)


<b>*Make questions for the underlined words. </b>


1.Our friends are playing in the garden. _ ...
2.Mr. Tan is working in his room. _ ...
3.Linh and Quang are studying in the classroom. _ ...
4.Phong can drive a car. _ ...
5.My sister is doing her homework. _ ...
6.His sister is a nurse. _ ...
7.My mother works in the hospital. _ ...
8.Mr. Nam goes to work by car every day. _ ...
9.After dinner they often watch TV. _ ...
10.We must obey the traffic rules. _


<b>*Choose the best answer to finish the sentences. </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(65)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=65>

3.In front of the house there is a__________ . ( beautiful garden flowers / flowers garden beautiful /
beautiful flower garden / beautiful flowers garden )
4.I live in an apartment___________. ( in town / in the town / in city / in country )


5.Is ___________ noisy in the city? ( there / it / this / that )


6.I often go to school_____________ my father car. ( by / in / on / of )


7.I live in a house ____________ a garden. ( has / have / haves / with )
8.Mai never goes to school __________ foot. ( on / by / of / in )


9.She is waiting ____________ you in the school yard. ( for / of / to / at )


10. _________ do you get up ? _ At 6 o'clock. ( When / What time / How long / Why )
11. Mr. Ba is loading his truck __________ vegetables. ( on / of / with / by )


12. There is an intersection ahead. You ______ slow down. ( can / must / can't / mustn't)


13. Look at that man. He ________ his truck into that street. ( drive / drives/ driving / is driving )
14. Ba isn't copying Nam's work. He ______ it. ( correct / corrects / correcting / is correcting)
15. That's Lan. Where__________ ? ( is she going / does she going / does she go )


*<b>Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets:</b>


1.He (get)……….…….up at six o’clock every morning.
2.He (eat) ……….….breakfast now.


3.I (not like) ………..…….hamburgers.


4.They (play) ……….….badminton at the moment.
5.It’s 5 o’clock now. My mother (cook) ………..…….dinner.
6.She (not clean) ………..….her teeth in the afternoon.
7.I (read) ……….. a book now.


8.Lan and Hoa (be) …… classmates. They are at school at the moment. They (study)…….. English.
9.Where (be)………... he? _ He (be) ………..at the park. He (fly)………….…….a kite.


10.Every day Nga (get) …….. up at six o’clock. She (brush) ……. her teeth, (wash)….her face. Then she


(eat)………..breakfast and (go)………….to school.


11.Minh (study)……….. English in the morning.


12.What (you / do) ………..now? _ I (play)……….with a doll.


<b>*Supply the correct form of the verbs in brackets. </b>


1.It (be)...ten o'clock. We (learn)...our lesson.


2.What you (do)...now? _ I (unload)...the vegetables.
3.Your mother (walk)...to work every day? _ No, she (cycle)...
4.They often (not play)... soccer in the morning, but they (play)...today.
5.Ba (work)...in the garden at the moment? _ No, he (sleep)...


6.Where your children (be)...? _They're upstairs. They (play)...video games.
7.You can (use)...my pen. I (use)...it every day, but I (not use)...it now.


8.Where the old man (live)...now?


-He (live)...with his son. He usually (live)...with his son on holidays.
9.Mr. Smith often (teach)... class 6A, but today he (teach)...class 6B.
10.Every day Mr. Hung (not drive)...to work. He (travel)...by taxi.


<b>*Rewrite the following sentences. </b>


1.There are over two hundred people attending the meeting.→<sub>Over two hundred ……… </sub>


2.My house is behind the hotel. →<sub>The hotel ... ……… </sub>



3.Does your class have fifty students? →<sub>Are ... ……… </sub>


4.He goes to work at seven fifteen. →<sub>He goes to work at a ... ……… </sub>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(66)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=66>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
6.What's the date today? →<sub>What ... ………? </sub>


7.He doesn't have any money in his pocket. →<sub>He has ... ………. </sub>


8.Does your father cycle to work? →<sub>Does your father go ... ………? </sub>

KIẾN THỨC CƠ BẢN VÀ BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH LỚP 6 KỲ 2



CHƯƠNG TRÌNH CỦA BỘ GIÁO DỤC VÀ ĐÀO TẠO



Biên soạn:ThS. Nguyễn Thị Thuận


Email:


ĐT: 0969 953 568. Website:


(Term 2:From unit 9 to 16)


Unit 9. The body: Thân thể



<b>Unit 10. Staying healthy</b>

:


<b>Unit 11. What do you eat?: B</b>

<b>n </b>

ă

<b>n nh</b>

<b>ng th</b>

<b>c </b>

ă

<b>n nào?</b>



<b>Unit 12. Sports and pastimes</b>

: Thể thao và giải trí



<b>Unit 13. Activities and the seasons</b>

: Các hoạt động và mùa


<b>Unit 14. Making plans</b>

: Làm kế hoạch


<b>Unit 15. Countries</b>

: Các quốc gia


<b>Unit 16. Man and the environment</b>

: Con người và môi trường


BÀI TẬP TIẾNG ANH 6 HỌC KỲ 2


Unit 9. The body: Thân thể



EX00: Choose the best answer.



1. ________ color is her hair ? _ It is black.



A. How

B. When

C. What

D. Where



2. He is tall but his father is ________.



A. tall

B. short

C. long

D. old



3. She _________________.



A. has an oval face

B. is an oval face


C. has a face oval

D. has a oval face


4. Lan ____________



A. has a round black eyes B. has eyes round black


C. is round black eyes

D. has round black eyes


5. She has ________ lips and small white _________.




A. long _ eyes

B. full_ teeth



C. short _ teeth

D. full _ nose



6. What color ____________her eyes ?



A. are

B. is

C. do

D. does



7. Is your mother ‘s hair long ____short ?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(67)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=67>

EX01: Odd one out.



1.

A. lips B. ears C. eyes D. toes


2.

A. thin B. teeth C. mother D. math


3.

A. black B. knee C. work D. book



4.

A. gymnast B. vegetable C. dangerous D. geography


5.

A. brown B. slow C. cow D. town



EX02: Circle the letter of the correct answer.



1. Mr Brown is 55, but Miss White is 18. So Miss White is…..


A. old B. young C. not young



2. Mary is 40 kilos, but her brother Peter is 70 kilos. So Mary is …..


A. light B. heavy C. not light



3. Lan is 155cm, but Thu is 140cm. So Thu is……


A. not short B. tall C. short




4. Tom is 170 cm and he is 45 kilos. Bob is 150 cm, but he is 60 kilos. So Bob is…. and…….


A. tall/ thin B. short/ fat C. short/ thin



5. She has a……face.



A. round B. strong C. weak


6. Her lips are……..and……..



A. long/ black B. tall/ white C. full/ red


7. Miss Huong has……..hair.



A. fat orange B. small purple C. long black


8. Who is that? ………



A. It Lan is B. It’s Lan C. It’s weight lifter.


9. ………Yes. She has full lips and white teeth.



A. Is she a beautiful? B. Is it beautiful girl?


C. Is she beautiful girl?



EX03: There is one mistake in each sentence. Find the mistake and correct it.


1.

What color is Laura’s eyes? => ………



2.

She has a round face and a long hair. => ………..


3.

John has long foots. => ………..


4.

He is very heavy or strong. =>………


5.

Does Tom has a long next? – Yes, he does. =>………..


6.

Lan’s teeth is white. =>………


7.

She has a oval face. =>………



EX04: Write questions and answers, using the cues given.


Ex: her eyes/ brown.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(68)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=68>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


b. They are brown.


1. Linda’s eyes/ blue.



………


………


2. Miss Mai’s hair/ black.



………


………


3. His teeth/ white.



………


………


4. Mr Hung’s motorbike/ green.



………


………


5.Your bike/ yellow.



………


………


6. Her shoes/ orange.



………


………



7.The traffic lights/ red.



………


………


EX05: Complete the dialogue.



A: ……….?


B: It’s Miss Trang.



A: ………..?


B: She is a gymnast.



A: ………live?


B: In town, near my house.



A: ……….?


B: She is 18 years old.



A: ………


B: No, she isn’t. She is tall.



A:……….hair?


B: It’s black. And it’s long.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(69)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=69>

B: Yes. She is very beautiful.



EX06: Listen and circle the letter of the correct answer.


1. Jane is a………



A. nurse B. doctor C. gymnast



2. She is ………



A. short B. not very short and not very tall C. tall


3. She has short…….hair.



A. gray B. brown C. black


4. She has…….and black eyes.



A. an oval face B. around face C. a small face


5. Her nose is….. and she is beautiful.



A. big B. not very big and not very small C. small


*Miêu tả đặc điểm của Jane:



Jane is a doctor, she is tall.


She has short brown hair.



She has an oval face and black eyes.


Her nose is small. She is beautiful.



EX07: Read and answer the following questions.



Thao is a teacher. She is tall. She has long black hair, an oval face and black eyes. She is


very beautiful.



1.

What does Thao do? =>………


2.

What color is her hair?=>………..


3.

What color are her eyes?=>………..


4.

Is she tall or short?=>……….


5.

Is her face square or oval?=>………



EX08: Describe your mum or dad.



-hair style: tóc xoăn.



-grey hair: tóc hoa dâm, tóc bạc.


-hairless: hói.



-white hair: tóc bạc, toc trắng.


-character: tính tình.



-hairline: đường rẽ tóc.


-hairpin: kẹp tóc.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(70)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=70>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


………


………



EX09: Make questions and answers with the cues given below.


1.

What color/ your hair? – black.



2.

Your teacher’s hair/ long/ short? – long.


3.

Your friend/ oval face? – yes.



4.

What/ those? – his feet.


5.

Mai/ weak? – no/ stong.



EX10: Change the following sentences in to the negative and interrogative (with


answer).




1.

Lan speaks English well. (yes)



………


………


2.

Those are heavy men.(no)



………


………


3.

That’s arourd face. (no)



………


………


4.

There are many children in the room. (yes)



………


………


5.

We must have discipline (ky luat) in class. (yes)



………


………


EX11: Put the words in the correct order.



1.

hair/ is/ short/ or/ Miss Hoa/ long/’s.



………..


2.

has/ his/ body/ a/ healthy/ father.



……….


3.

dark/ eyes/ blue/ are/ her. (dark blue)




………..


4.

He’s/ isn’t/ boxer/ strong/ weak/ that.



………..


5.

full/ white/ she/ teeth/ and/ lips/ has.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(71)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=71>

6.

oval face/ teacher/ round/ black eyes/ has/ our/ with/ an.


………



7.

is/ she/ but/ is/ week/ not/ thin/ she.



………..


EX12: Fill the mistake and correct it.



1.

My parents is old but strong.=>………


2.

He is a pilot but he is very big and tall.=>………


3.

I have a new book thick.=>………



4.

She reading in her room now.=>……….


5.

My teacher don’t play football.=>……….


6.

We not have a big house.=>………


7.

Her mother have hair long and black.=>……….


8.

He has a black eyes.=>………..



9.

My flat is have a small garden.=>……….


10.

She can has a big house.=>………..


Ex13: Supply the correct form of verbs.



Susan (1.be)…..a nurse. She (2.work)…..in a hospital. She (3.have)……a husband but she


(4.not have)……..any children. She (5. go)……to work 5 days a week. Her husband




(6.be)……a doctor in her office, too. So every day they (7. go)…..to work by bus together.


They (8. have)……lunsh in the canteen. Then she (9. come)…..back to her room and (10.


have)…..a rest but her husband (11.not do)……He (12.play)…….chess with his friend. Now,


it (13.be)…..5:30. They (14.go)…..home.



1………6………11………


2………7………12………


3………8………13………


4………9………14………


5………10………


EX6: Read the text then answer the questions.



My mother is a dentist. She has an oval face with a straight nose. Her skill is white. She


has long, black hair. She isn’t very tall. She looks very healthy. My mother has got big,


round, brown eyes. Her lips are full. When she smiles, she shows her small, white teeth.


My mother is a nice woman. She is very friendly to every one around her.I’m her



daughter, so I want to look like her. I love her very much.


1.

Does her mother have a long face with a small nose?



=>………


2.

What color is her mother’s skill?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(72)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=72>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


3.

Is her mother tall or short?



=>………


4.

How are her mother’s teeth?




=>………..


5.

What color are her eyes?



=>……….


6.

How is her mother to every one around her?



=>……….


EX14: Write about Hung.



-

Job: engineer



-

Tall and thin; not weak.


-

Hair: short, black



-

Face: round


-

Eyes: black


-

Nose: big


-

Lip: full



-

Good-looking (handsome)



………


………


………


………


………


………


………


………




Hung is an engineer. He is tall and thin but he isn’t weak. He has short black hair and a


round face. His eyes are black. He has a big nose and full lips. He is good looking.



<b>Unit 10. Staying healthy</b>

: Giữ cho khỏe mạnh

EX00: Choose the best answer.



1. I am

________ . I ‘d like some noodles .



A. thirsty B. hungry

C. tired

D. full



2. I am ________. I ‘d like some water.



A. thirsty B. hungry

C. tired

D. cold



3. _______would you like ? _ Some orange juice , please.



A. Which B. What

C. How many

D. How



4. ________ does she feel ?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(73)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=73>

5. There aren’t ________ apples on the table.



A. any

B. some

C. a

D. an



6. There is _______ water in the bottle .



A. any

B. some

C. many

D. a



7. Is there ________ milk in the glass ?




A. any

B. some

C. many

D. a



8. I am not hungry ________I’m thirsty .



A. and

B. with

C. but

D. too



9. I feel tired ; so I’d like _____________



A. some noodles

B. a hot drink



C. to sit down

D. an apple



10. Which _______do you like , tea or milk ?



A. food

B. drink C. drinks

D. fruit


11. I’m thirsty ; so I’d like __________ .



A. some chicken

B. some fish



C. some bananas

D. some tea



12. Lan is hungry; so she ‘d like __________ .



A. iced tea

B. some orange juice



C. some bread

D. some carrots



EX1: Complete the sentence with the cues given.


Ex: I/ not like noodles/ not hungry.




->I wouldn’t like noodles because I’m not hungry.


1. I/ not like coca/ not thirsty.



=>………..


2. I/ not like a cold drink/ not hot.



=>………..


3. I/ not like a hot drink/ not cold.



=>………..


4. i/ not like a rest/ not tired.



=>………..


5. I/ not like bread/ not hungry



=>………..


EX2: Complete the sentence with the cues given.


Ex: There/ apples/ but not bananas.



->There are some apples but there aren’t any bananas.


1. There/ oranges/ but not vegetables.



=>………..


2. There/ onions/ but not carrots.



=>………..


3. There/ rice/ but not bread.



=>………..



4. There/ water/ but not soda.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(74)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=74>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


5. There/ children/ but not fish.



=>………..


EX3: Fill in the blank with “a”, “an”, “some” or “any”.



1.

I’m hungry. I want…….noodles.


2.

Would you like…….drink?



3.

Are there…….tomatoes in the fridge?


4.

Do you have…….bicycle?



5.

There isn’t……rice left in the jar.(thung, vai)


6.

She buys……tomato for dinner.



7.

I’d like…….meat please.



8.

There’s……orange in the frigde. I can make……orange juice now.


9.

To make……cake, I need……..eggs, …….suggar and……flour.


10.

Is…..apple enough? – yes, we need only one apple.



EX4: Circle the best answer.


1.

….do we have for lunch?



A.

What B. Where C. When


2.

……you like a drink?




A.

What B. Would C. Want


3.

Is there……milk in the bottle?


A.

a B. some C. any


4.

There…..some potatoes in the fridge.


A.

is B. are C. have


5.

What’s the matter…..you?



A.

for B. about C. with



6.

I’d like……apple,……orange and……bananas, please.


A.

a/a/some B. an/ an/ a C. an/ an/ some



7.

what’s……to drink?



A.

have B. there C. some


8.

…….there any chicken?



A.

is B. are C. do


EX5: Write the questions for the answers.



1.

I’m hot.



=>………..


2.

Lan’d like some water.



=>………..


3.

Yes, I would. I’d like an apple.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(75)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=75>

4.

Yes, I’m. I want to sit down.




=>………..


5.

No, she isn’t. She isn’t thirsty.



=>………..



6.

There is some milk for breakfast. (What’s for breakfast?)


=>………..



7.

I’d like some rice and some fish.



=>………..



8.

There are some bananas to eat. (What’s there to eat?)


=>………..



9.

No, there isn’t any orange juice.



=>………..


10.

She’s full.



=>………..



EX6: Find out the mistake among A, B, C or D and correct it.


1.

Are there any books English on the shelf?



A B C D



2.

How many kilo of rice does your mother need? – two.


A B C D




3.

Mr Ming is a very strong. He’s a weight lifter.


A B C D



4.

Does she have a round face or oval face.


A B C D



5.

What do you have for lunch?- soup, fish or rice.


A B C D



EX7: Fill in the blank with “a, an, some” or “any”.


1.

Can I have……..noodles, please?



2.

Do you have……..green peppers? (hat tieu)


3.

I’m thirsty. I’d like…….ice- cream.



4.

Is there……fish for dinner?


5.

I have got…….fruit for you.


6.

There isn’t…….butter in fridge?


7.

Would you like…….ice- cream?



8.

Could you get me……..onions, please?


9.

Shall we get…….sweets?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(76)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=76>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


1.

Em muốn hỏi bạn em có muốn uống nước cam khơng?


(Would you like to have some orange juice?



Or: Would you like to drink a glass of orange juice?)


………




2.

Em thấy bạn em có vẻ mệt, em hỏi như thế nào?


(How do you feel? Or What’s the matter with you?)


………



3.

Em hỏi mẹ em xem mẹ em muốn ăn gì cho bữa tối?



(What would you like to have for lunch?)


………



4.

Em muốn hỏi bạn em thường ăn gì cho bữa sang?


(What do you often have for your breakfast?)


………



5.

Em muốn nói em cảm thấy mệt và muốn một ly nước cam.



(I feel tired. I’d like to have a glass of orange juice?)


………



6.

Em muốn hỏi mẹ em có cái gì để uống cho bữa ăn tối nay khơng?


(Mummy, Is there any thing to drink for the dinner tonight?)



………


EX9: Supply the correct verb form.



1.

What there (be)……(drink)…..for dinner?


2.

We (be)……tired and we’d like (sit)……down.



3.

What……your sister (want)…..?- She (want)…a cold drink.


4.

I (not be)…….hungry and I (not want)…..any rice.




5.

There (be)……any banana?


6.

How……Mr Minh (feel)…….now?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(77)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=77>

EX10: Fill the mistake and correct it.



Lien: What are for breakfast? =>……….



Hoa: There is some breads and some eggs.=>………..


Lien: Is there some meat?=>……….



Hoa: No, there isn’t. But there are some fish.=>………


Lien: Are there any fruit?=>………..



Hoa: Yes, there are. There are some oranges and some apples.=>……….


Lien: What’s there for drink?=>………



Hoa: They is some milk.=>……….


Lien: Is there any oranges juice?=>………..



Hoa: No, there aren’t. But there is some lemonade.=>………


EX11: Complete the sentences.



1.

Coffee/ aren’r/ some/ but/ there/ is/ any/ apples/ there/ iced.


………



2.

Like/ I/ wouldn’t/ because/ bread/ not/ I’m/ hungry.


………



3.

Thirsty/ she/ some/ orange juice/ feels/ she/ wants.



………



4.

Your/ drink/ brother’s/ what/ favorite/ is?


………



5.

Like/ isn’t/ because/ his/ fish/ food/ he/ favorite/ it/ doesn’t. (He doesn’t like fish


because it isn’t favorite food.)



………


6.

Potatoes/ has/ lunch/ for/ she/ meat/ and.



………



7.

Is/ who/ teacher/ your/ English? (Who is your English teacher?)


………



8.

Parents/ moment/ where/ your/ the/ at/ are?


………



9.

You/ go/ like/ would/ to/ cinema/ to/ the. Tonight?


………



10.

I’d/ chicken/ some/ rice/ some/ and/ like.


………


EX12: Complete the sentences with cues given.


Ex: Hung/ be/ thirsty/ orange juice



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(78)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=78>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


………



2.

they/ be/ hungry/ some noodles.



………


3.

Mai/ feel/ hot/ a cold drink.



………


4.

Nam and Ba/ be/ tired/ go home.



………


5.

I/ be/ thirsty/ some milk.



………


6.

The children/ feel/ sleepy/ go to bed.



………


7.

Miss Lan/ be/ hungry/ have/ some noodles.



………


8.

Tuan/ feel/ sad/ watch TV.



………


9.

We/ feel/ cold/ hot tea.



………


10.

Huong and Mai/ hot/ cold drink.



………



EX13: Change the following sentences in to (-), (?) and answer.


1.

There are some apples and some oranges. (yes)




………


………


2.

There ios some meat and beef on the plate. (no)



………


………


3.

There are some noodles. (yes)



………


………


4.

There are some oranges and bananas. (no)



………


………


5.

There is some milk for breakfast. (yes)



………


………


6.

My mother likes to go out for dinner. (no)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(79)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=79>

………


7.

I would like some noodles. (no)



………


………


8.

The children want to go to the zoo. (yes)



………


………




<b>Unit 11. What do you eat?: B</b>

<b>n </b>

ă

<b>n nh</b>

<b>ng th</b>

<b>c </b>

ă

<b>n nào? </b>


EX00: Choose the best answer.



129

. She wants ________ cooking oil.



A. a box of B. a dozen C. a bottle of D. a bottle


130. Her mother is going to buy ________tea.



A. a tube of B. a packet C. a packet of

D. a kilo


131. I ‘d like ________ chocolate.



A. a can of B. a kilo

C. a box of

D.a box


132. Lan wants ________eggs.



A. a kilo B. a dozen

C. a dozen of D.a can of


133. We want ten ________ rice.



A. a dozen B. kilos

C. kiloes of

D. kilos of


134. She wants ________beef.



A. a half kilo of

B. a half kilo



C. half a kilo of

D. half a kilo



135. ________ I help you ?



A. Do

B. Would

C. Can

D. Am



136. How ________ eggs do you want ?




A. any

B. much

C. many

D. some



137..How __________sugar does she need ?



A. any

B. much

C. many

D. some



138. I ‘d like a ___________ of lemon juice .



A. bottle

B. cup

C. glass

D. box



139. She eats ___________of bananas .



A. many

B. some

C. a lot

D. lot



140. I don’t have ______ apples but I have _____ oranges .



A. any_ any

B. any _ some



C. some _ any

D. some_ some



141. ________rice do you want ?



A. How

B. How many



C. How much

D. What



142. ________is the chicken ? _ 70,000 dongs.



A. How much

B. How many




C. Which

D. How



143. _________bananas do you need ?



A. How

B. How many



C. How much

D. What



144. How much rice do you want ? _ _______________



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(80)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=80>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


C. Ten thousand dongs

D. There is a kilo .



<b>English 6 - Unit 9,10,11 test 1 </b>



Name:_________________mark: ________remark: ___________________________________


<b>I. Pronunciation (0,5pt) </b>


1. A. Sh<b>ou</b>lder B. Yell<b>ow</b> C. N<b>o</b>se D. C<b>o</b>lor
2. A. Fl<b>ow</b>er B. C<b>ou</b>ntry C. H<b>ou</b>se D. Sh<b>ow</b>er


<b>II. Choose the best answer. (2pts) </b>


1. What ___________you like? I’d like some water.


A. Are B. Do C. Would D. Be



2. Hoa is thirsty. She ‘d like some _______________


A. Bread B. Rice C. Noodles D. Orange juice


3. What’s _____________dinner? There is some rice and some meat.


A. In B. For C. At D. With


4. Apples are my favorite ___________.


A. Fruit B. Vegetable C. Food D. Drink


5. Would you like some rice and chicken, Mai? No, thanks. I’m ________.


A. Thirsty B. Hungry C. Full D. Hot


6. There is _________ bread and rice on the table.


A. Some B. Any C. Any D. An


7. ________ she like hot drinks?


A. Does B. Do C. Has D. Is


8. ________? – He feels tired.


A. How he feels? B. How does he feel?
C. How would he feel? D. How is he feel?


<b>III. Use the correct form of the verb (1pts) </b>



1. Nam and his brother (walk) ______________ to school every day.
2. He (walk) ______________ to school now.


3. She (have) ______________ long black hair.
4. They (eat) ______________ breakfast now.


<b>IV. Use the correct form of words. (1pt) </b>


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(81)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=81>

2. She is a ____________ (gym)
3. Toan is a weight ___________ (lift)
4. He is ___________ (strength)


<b>V. Read and then fill True or False. (1pt) </b>


Today is Sunday. Hoa and her mother go to the store. They want a bottle of cooking oil, five kilos of rice,
five hundred grams of beef, a can of peas and two boxes of chocolates. Lan wants four cans of soda. Soda
is her favorite drink.


1. Lan goes to the store with her sister. _____________


2. They don’t want any fish. _____________


3. They want a can of peas. _____________


4. They want three boxes of chocolates _____________


<b>VI. Fill in the blanks with the words provided. (1,25pts) </b>


Hi! My name’s Thu. I’m in grade 6. My sister and I (1) _____ our breakfast at school. She (2) ______


some noodles and a hot drink. I (3) _____ some bread and some milk. We don’t have lunch at chool. We
have lunch at home. We have rice, chicken, cabbage and some apples (4) _____ lunch. Apple is my (5)
_____ fruit.


1. A. Eat B. Eats C. Want D. Wants


2. A. Like B. Wants C. Is liking D. Is wanting


3. A. Would like B. Would like to C. Would want D. Would want to


4. A. In B. On C. At D. For


5. A. Favor B. Favorite C. Health D. Healthy


<b>VII. Use the correct form of word given in each sentence. (0,75pt) </b>


1. Would/ bar/ like/ soap/ I/ a/ of/ please.


___________________________________________________
2. Bananas/ how/ she/ does/ many/ want?


___________________________________________________
3. Tea/ cup/ you/ would/ of/ a/ like?


___________________________________________________


<b>VIII. Rewrite the following sentences (2pts) </b>


1. Miss Huong’s eyes are brown.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(82)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=82>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội
2. Thoa has long black hair.


Thoa’s hair __________________________________________
3. He has a brown school bag.


His school bag _______________________________________
4. Mr. Quang is big and strong.


Mr. Quang is not _____________________________________


<b>IX. Choose the under lined word or phrase that needs correcting. (0,5pt) </b>


1. I <b>need</b> two <b>dozenofeggs</b>, please.
A B C D


2. <b>It’stenthousandsdong</b>, please.
A B C D


<b>THE END OF THE TEST </b>


<b>English 6 Unit 9,10,11 test 2 </b>



Name:_________________mark: ________remark: ___________________________________


<b>I. Pronunciation. (0,5pt) </b>


1. A. F<b>i</b>sh B. L<b>i</b>fe C. L<b>i</b>ke D. N<b>i</b>ght


2. A. <b>A</b>pple B. C<b>a</b>bbage C. T<b>a</b>ke D. M<b>a</b>tter



<b>II. Choose the best answer. (2pts) </b>


1. He lifts heavy weights as a sport. He’s a _________.


A. Gymnast B. Engineer C. Farmer D. Weight lifter


2. It’s a beautyful day. The sky is ________.


A. Black B. Blue C. Gray D. Green


3. ________ her lips full or thin?


A. Are B. Is C. Do D. Does


4. ________ colour are her eyes?


A. Who B. What C. How D. Where


5. He is _______ between his sister and his brother.


A. Sit B. Sits C. Siting D. Sitting


6. She puts her _______ over her ears.


A. Legs B. Feet C. Hands D. Toes


7. _______ does she do? “She’s a gymnast”


A. What B. How C. Who D. Which



8. Look! The teacher ________.


A. Come B. Comes C. Coming D. Is coming


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(83)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=83>

1. We should eat fruits to stay ___________ (health)
2. What is your _____________ food? (favor)
3. I like ___________ tea. (ice)


4. I want a bottle of ____________ oil, please. (cook)


<b>IV. Use the correct form of verb. (1pt) </b>


1. Hoa (wait) ____________ for the bus at the moment.
2. Mr. Trung is a bus driver. He (drive) ___________ a bus.
3. The children (eat) ___________ meat every day.


4. Today, they (eat) ___________ fish now.


<b>V. Read and then True or False. (1pt) </b>


Today is Saturday. Mrs. Lien goes to the market by motorbike. She needs many things. First, she wants a
kilo of fish and five hundred grams of beef. Then she wants some vegetables. She needs four cans of peas,
a kilo of tomanoes and two kilos of potatoes. Then she wants two cans of soda, two packets of tea and a
tube of toothpaste. She goes home at ten o’clock.


1. Mrs. Lien wants some meat, some vegetables and some drinks. __________


2. She wants five hundred grams of beef. __________



3. She doesn’t need any peas. __________


4. She wants two packets of tea. __________


<b>VI. Fill in the blanks with the words provided. (1,25pts) </b>


Thu is Phong’s sister. She lives (1)______ America. She gets up late. She starts work at ten o’clock. She
doesn’t have breakfast. She has a sandwich (2)_______ lunch at twelve o’clock. She (3)_______ work at
seven o’clock. She has dinner (4)_______ home. She usually has some fish, potatoes, lettuces and a
banana. Banana is her (5) ________ fruit.


1. A. In B. At C. On D. Of


2. A. Of B. When C. To D. For


3. A. Finish B. Finishs C. Finishes D. Is finishing


4. A. In B. At C. On D. From


5. A. Hungry B. Fovorite C. Healthy D. Dangerous


<b>VII. Choose the underlined word or phrase that needs correcting. (0,5pt) </b>


1. <b>Howmany</b> tea <b>do</b> you <b>want</b>?
A B C D


2. How <b>muchbottles</b> of <b>milkdo</b> you need?
A B C D


<b>VIII. Arrange these words into their correct orders. (0,75pt) </b>



1. Very/ it/ and/ is/ hungry/ I’m/ 8 p.m


___________________________________________________________
2. And/ the/ thirsty/ after/ feel/ game/ tired/ I.


___________________________________________________________
3. Water/ isn’t/ here/ there/ any.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(84)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=84>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


<b>IX. Rewrite these sentences. (2pts) </b>


1. What is the price of a bowl of noodles?


How much __________________________________________________?
2. How many oranges do you want?


How many oranges would ______________________________________?
3. This box has twelve packets of tea.


There _______________________________________________________.
4. How much is a bottle of cooking oil?


What is _____________________________________________________?


<b>The end of the test! </b>



<b>Unit 12. Sports and pastimes</b>

: Thể thao và giải trí

EX1: Odd one out.




1.

A. camp B. always C. badminton D. pastime


2.

A. boot B. cool C. pool D. door


3.

A. kite B. picnic C. skip D. swim


4.

A. tennis B. tent C. nener D. packet


5.

A. movies B. sometimes C. once D. dozen


EX2: Fill in the blank with go, play, do or fly.



1.

My parents usually………….walking in the early morning.



2.

Hoa likes………..kites with her friends in the field near her house.


3.

Lan is very fat but she never…………..sprots.



4.

My father sometime………..jogging in the evening.


5.

My uncle……….table tennis very well.



6.

We want to…………fishing at the weekend.


EX3: Put the adverb in the correct position.



1.

We are busy on weekdays. (always)



=> ………


2.

She goes home at 6:00. (usually)



=> ………..


3.

You should ride your bike slowly. (often)



=>………



4.

Do his parents go to the concert in the evening? (sometimes)



=>……….



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(85)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=85>

6.

How many hours a day do you watch TV? (often)


=>……….


7.

My mother doesn’t go to work by bike. (sometimes)



=>……….


8.

We can’t go cross the road fast. (always)



=>……….



EX4: Make questions and answers with the cues given below.


1.

How often/ you/ go/ market? – every day.



=>……….


2.

Which sprots/ Lan/ play?- badminton.



=>……….


3.

What/ you/ do/ free time? – play video games.



=>……….


4.

What/ father/ do/ now? – read/ newspaper.



=>……….


5.

How much/ ice-cream? -10 000d.



=>……….


6.

How many/ rice/ you/ need? – 10 kilos.



=>……….



7.

You/ often/ go/ zoo? – no/ never.



=>……….


8.

How often/ mother/ go/ shopping? –once a week.



=>……….


EX5: Make the question for the underlined words.



1.

We often play badminton in the afternoon.


=>……….


2.

My mother makes a cake in the kitchet.



=>……….


3.

My dress is 500,000d.



=>……….


4.

There are many flowers in front of my house.



=>……….


5.

She usually listens to music in the evening.



=>……….


EX6: Underlined the mistake and correct it.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(86)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=86>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


3.

What do you do often in your free time?



4.

Nam often plays games in the evening but now he talks with his friend.


5.

Do you often go a picnic?




EX7: Odd one out.



1.

A. boot B. toothpaste C. food D. flood


2.

A. twice B. swim C. skip D. picnic


3.

A. usually B. fly C. thristy D. hungry


4.

A. wear B. year C. hear D. near


5.

A. bottle B. job C. movie D. chocolate


EX8: Supply the correct verb form.



1.

What…….your father often (do)….in the evening?



-

He often (watch)……TV but sometimes he (read)…..books.



2.

Hoa’s brother (be)…..an engineer, but he (not work)……at the moment.


3.

We (not go)……to the zoo very often.



4.

Nam usually (play)……sports, but sometimes he (fly)…..his kites.


5.

Lan and Phuong (be)…..in the kitchen. They (cook)…..dinner.


EX9: Complete the dialogue.



Son: Who’s that in the picture?


Nga: That’s my brother, Minh.



Son: (1)…(What does he often do in his) free time?



Nga: He often plays sports, sometimes he listens to music or plays games.


Son: (2)…(Which/ what sports does he usually play?)



Nga: He usually plays soccer and badminton.



Son: (3)…(Does he play volleyball?)



Nga: No, he never plays volleyball.


Son: (4)….does he play badminton?



Nga: He plays badminton every afternoon.


Son: (5)…….now?



Nga: He’s playing computer games in his room.



EX10: Make the questions “How often” and the answers.


1.

Miss Mai/ go to the movies/ once a week.



2.

=>……….


3.

Children/ play video games/ twice a week.


4.

=>……….


5.

Viet/ listen to music/ every day.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(87)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=87>

7.

Mr and Mrs Brown/ go camping/ never.



8.

=>……….


9.

Family/ have a picnic/ five times a year.



10.

=>……….


11.

Hoa/ go jogging/ every morning.



12.

=>……….


EX11: Find the mistake and correct it.



Nam likes camp. He often goes camping in the mountain near his uncle’s house. He



usually go with his friends and sometimes with his uncle or him brother. When they goes


camping, he and his friends always wear strong boots and warm cloth. They also take


food, water and a camping stove. They usually camping over night.



=>……….


=>……….


=>……….


EX12: Put the words in the correct order.



1.

Father/ his/ time/ does. often/ what/ free/ your/ in/ do?


=>……….



2.

Don’t/ camping/ we/ have/ because/ tent/ we/ a/ go/ never.


=>……….



3.

He’s/ tennis/ sports/ Phong/ and/ likes/ table/ Mr/ playing.


=>……….



4.

Park/ goes/ a/ week/ she/ the/ times/ to/ four.


=>……….



5.

Sports/ play/ the/ which/ he/ weekends/ to/ does/ on?


=>……….



6.

Their/ listening/ children/ room/ in/ are/ to/ my/ music.


=>……….



7.

Yard/ doing/ the/ sister/ aerobics/ my/ is/ in.


=>……….


EX13: Complete the crossword puzzles.




a.

3



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(88)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=88>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


L


A


Y



2



S

P

O

R

T

S



b.

4


H



O

5



W


1

O



F


T



E

3



N



a.1 Volleyball 2. Tennis 3. Soccer 4. Badminton




b.1.Sometimes 2. Often 3. Always 4. Never 5. Usually



<b>ENGLISH 6 UNIT 12: SPORTS AND PASTIMES </b>



I. Multiple choice:


1.

Listen to music is their favorite .


A.

sport B. pastime C. food D. time


2.

is very good for your heath


A.

Jogging B. Washing C. Looking D. Drinking


3.

Which sports do you play, Trung ? – I play _ _


A.

badminton B. swimming C. jogging D. aerobic


4.

The boys are playing _ in that room.


A.

soccer B. camping C. video games D. volleyball


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(89)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=89>

A.

doing B. driving C. playing D. flying


6.

She often listens to music in her _ .


A.

free time B. weekend C. week D. time


7.

My brother goes fishing, once or twice a month.



A.

always B. sometimes C. usually D. sometimes.


8.

The man _ travels by bus. He walks to work.


A.

always B. sometimes C. usually D. never


9.

My sister late for school.


A.

is never B. never is C. is not never D. never is not


10.

How do you go camping, Sang ?


A.

much B. many C. often D. old


11.

Which sports ? – I play soccer.


A.

do you do B. do you play C. does he do D. do they play


12.

What do you do ? – I watch TV.


A.

in your class B. in the park C. in your free time D. on your free time


13.

I often go swimming when it’s .


A.

hot B. cold C. cool D. very cold


14.

Tam is playing soccer now. He _ soccer every Sunday.


A.

play B. playing C. plays D. to play



15.

They camping.


A.

go sometimes B. sometimes go C. sometimes going D. sometimes goes


<b>II. Complete the passage: </b>


Khang’s uncle is an (1) . Every morning, he gets up at 7.00 and goes
(2) work by motorbike. He usually (3)_ breakfast and lunch at
work. Sometimes he goes out to (4) lunch with his friends. His (5)
sports is soccer. He (6) watches soccer on TV.


favorite


engineer



eats


to



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(90)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=90>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


Every Sunday, he plays soccer (7)_ Khang and friends in the
park.


III. MAKE QUESTIONS “HOW OFTEN…” :


1.

She goes jogging once a week.


=> ………?


2.

They often go to the park.



=> ……… ?


3.

She plays tennis every day.


=> ………. ?


4.

I play badminton twice a week.


=>………. ?


5.

They never go camping.


=> ……….. ?


6.

They go swimming every weekend.


=> ……….. ?


7.

Mary plays ropes with Daisy three times a week.


=> ……….. ?


8.

Mary is playing ropes with Daisy.


=> ……….. ?


9.

My brother listens to music every day.


=> ……….. ?



10.

My grandfather goes fishing once a week.


……….. ?


<b>IV. Put the words in the correct order: </b>


1.

Vy / does / often / What / have / breakfast / for ?


=> ………...


2.

usually / on / do / Mondays / you / to / go / school.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(91)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=91>

3.

Mary / two / and / milk / glasses / Tom / of / want.


=> ……….


4.

often / she / go / does / How / movies / to / the ?


=> ……….


5.

twice / Miss Lan / listens / music / week / a / two.


=> ……….


6.

She / never / with / camping / goes / her / friends.


=> ………


7.

Hung / What / does / do / free time / in / his ?



=> ………


8.

games / play / video / I / often.


=> ………


9.

the / Look ! / is / car / coming


=> ………


10.

the / playing / Listen ! / they / piano / are.


=> ………


<b>V. Reading comprehension and answer the questions: </b>


Quang likes camping. On the weekends, he often goes camping in the mountains. He
usually goes with his friends. Quang and his friends always wear strong boots and warm
clothes. They always take food, water and camping stove. Sometimes they camp overnight.


<b>Answer the questions: </b>


1.

What does Quang like ?


………..


2.

Where does he often go ?


………..



3.

When does he goes ?


………


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(92)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=92>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


……….


5.

What do they always wear ?


……….


6.

What do they always take ?


……….


7.

Do they camp overnight ?


……….


<b>VI. Give the correct tense of the verbs in bracket: </b>


1.

Mai her teeth. (brush)


2.

Ba and Lan sometimes _ to the zoo on Sunday. (go)


3.

He to music now. (listen)


4.

Peter eating fish. (not like)



5.

Miss. Thu usually some vegetables.


6.

his mother often any bananas ? (have)


7.

They stories at the moment. (read)


8.

Listen ! Mai and Lan _ TV. (watch)


9.

I beer now. (not drink)


10.

you _ up early every day ? (get)


11.

My friend usually TV on Monday. (watch)


12.

That girl the dishes at this time. (not wash)


13.

My grandmother never books every night. (read)


14.

Look ! the bus (come)


15.

Mary and Tom English at present. (not speak)


<b>VII. Put the adverbs of frequency in the correct position. </b>


Ex: Hoa plays table tennis in the afternoon. (<b>often</b>)


Hoa often plays table tennis in the afternoon.
1. I am late for school. (never)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(93)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=93>

2. We go to the zoo on the weekend. (sometimes)



………


3. Do you listen to the radio in the morning? (often)


………


4. Where do they have a picnic? (usually)


………


5. My father stays home at the weekend. (always)


………


6. Mai is a good student. (always)


………


7. You can park your car here. (sometimes)


………


8. Nam and his father go fishing on Sundays. (usually)


………


9. We don’t go to the movie these days. (often)


………



10. It is very cold in my country. (never)


………


===the end===


<b>Unit 13. Activities and the seasons</b>

: Các hoạt động và mùa

EX1: Make questions and answers with the cues given below.



1.

What/ weather/like/ the winter? – very cold.


………..


2.

What/ weather/ like/ the spring/ Hanoi? – warm.



………..



3.

What/ weather/ like/ Saigon/ summer? – hot and sunny.


………..



4.

What/ weather/ like/ the fall? – cool and windy.


………..


5.

What/ weather/ like/ the dry season? – sunny and dry.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(94)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=94>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


EX2: Make sentences with the cues given.


1.

We/ sometimes/ play volleyball/ winter.



………..


2.

Nam/ usually/ go sailing/ fall.




………..


3.

They/ often/ go walking in the mountains/ summer.



………..


4.

My father/ often/ go skiing/ winter.



………..


5.

Mai/ always/ jog/ spring.



………..


6.

I/ often/ go swimming/ summer.



………..


7.

Nam and Quang/ always/ play basketball/ winter.


………..


8.

She/ usually/ skip/ fall.



………..


EX3: Put the words in the correct order.



1.

do/ it/ cold/ what/ you/ do/ when/ often?



………..


2.

the/ often/ we/ summer/ play/ in/ basketball.



………..


3.

sometimes/ mountains/ walk/ I/ in/ the.



………..



4.

weather/ the/ what/ like/ is/ winter/ the/ in?



………..


5.

the/ season/ is/ often/ sunny/ dry/ in/ it.



………..


6.

spring/ the/ our/ family/ picnic/ in/ go/ usually/ for/ a.



………..


7.

hot/ swimming/ it/ Nam/ when/ goes/ is.



………..


EX4: Make the questions for underlined words.



1.

We often play basketball in the spring.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(95)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=95>

………..


3.

My mother likes cool weather.



………..


4.

It’s cold and windy in Hanoi.



………..


5.

I often go swimming when it’s hot.



………..


6.

They go to the movies twice a month.



………..


7.

My favorite season is spring.




………..


8.

He’s flying his kite at the moment.



………..



EX5: Change the following sentences into the negative and interrogative.


1.

It’s often cold in the summer.



………..


………..


2.

They sometimes walk in the mountains.



………..


………..


3.

Mai usually goes to the movies on Sundays.



………..


………..


4.

Miss Hoa likes warm weather.



………..


………..


5.

You can camp in the park.



………..


………..


6.

He always has some eggs for breakfast.



………..



………..


EX6: Odd one out.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(96)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=96>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


5.

A. summer B. hot C. winter D. fall



EX7: Match the questions in the column A with the answers in the column B.


A B



1.

How often do you go fishing? a. Two kilos.


2.

How do you feel? b. He watches TV.



3.

How much rice do you want? c. I like warm weather.


4.

What does he usually do in his free time? d. I’m tired.



5.

What color is her hair? e. It’s cold.



6.

What’s the weather like in the winter? f. I’d like some milk.


7.

What would you like? g. It’s black.



8.

Where is she from? h. He plays tennis when it’s cold.


9.

What does Ba do when it’s cold? i. Once a week.



10.

What weather do you like? j. She’s from England.


1………2…………3…………4………5………..



6………7…………8…………9………10………..


EX8: Cricle the words of the weather.




X Y W I N T E R


R A A Q I S U N


Q B R Y C P Y F


S U M M E R T A


Z L B F D I S L


H O T A G N W L


U O R L E G O B


T C O L D Z A G


EX9: Reorder to make sentences.



1.

spring/ do/ the/ in/ what/ do/ you?



………..


2.

cold/ it/ I/ play/ usually/ is/ soccer/ when.



………..


3.

like/ weather/ is/ the/ today/ what?



………..


4.

goes/ he/ when/ is/ swimming/ it/ hot/ often.



………..


5.

often/ jogging/ winter/ in/ he/ the/ goes.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(97)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=97>

………..


7.

fishing/ in/ the/ summer/ he/ goes/ sometimes.



………..


8.

you/ soccer/ do/ often/ play?




………..


9.

i/ often/ jogging/ in/ don’t/ go/ evening/ the.


………..


10.

you/ tennis/ often/ play/ how/ do?



………..



EX10: Write the complete sentences using the cues given below.


1.

What/ weather/ like/ summer/ HN?



………..


2.

It/ cold/ winter.



………..


3.

He/ often/ go/ sailing/ lake. (in a lake)



………..


4.

In/ winter/ he/ usually/ basketball.



………..


5.

She/ never/ go/ out/ evening.



………..


6.

They/ like/ warm/ weather.



………..


7.

What/ you/ often/ do/ Sunday/ mornings?



………..


8.

I/ not/ usually/ swimming/ with/ friends.




………..


9.

I/ like/ play/ soccer/ winter.



………..


10.

I/ not/ ofter/ sing/ but/ I/ like/ listen/ music.


………..



EX11: Complete the passage using the cues given. Then answer the questions.


(swimming, but, winter, cold, weather, night, seasons, are)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(98)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=98>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


(6)…..is often cool in the fall. In the winter, it’s usually very (7)….. The day is short and the


(8)…..is long.



1.

How many seasons are there in a year?



………..


2.

What are they?



………..


3.

What is the weather like in the spring?



………..


4.

What are there in the spring?



………..


5.

Is the day long or short in the summer?




………..


6.

What do people often do in the summer?



………..


7.

Is the fall the season of fruit?



………..


8.

Is it ofter hot in the winter?



………..


Ex12: Translate the sentences in to English.



1.

Bạn thường đi câu cá vào mùa nào? (which seasons do you often…)


………..



2.

Hùng thích thời tiết mát mẻ mùa thu bởi vì bạn ấy có thể đi bộ hoặc chơi thể thao.


………..



3.

Khi trời lạnh anh trai tơi thường chơi bóng rổ hoặc bóng chuyền.


………..



4.

Chúng tơi thường đi bộ lên núi vào mùa hè và mùa đông. (…. walking in the


mountains/ summer and winter.)



………..



5.

Bạn và chị gái bạn thường đi bơi thuyền vào mùa xuân không?


………..



EX13: Write the letter with the cues given.



Dear Lan,



I/ sitting/ beach of Nha Trang. It/ very hot/ summer. I/ drinking/ cold lemonade/ . I/ here/


Tam and family. Tam’s parents/ cooking dinner. Tam/ swimming/ and brothers/ playing


soccer/ beach.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(99)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=99>

………..


………..


………..


………..


………..


………..


………..


………..


………..



(I’m sitting on the beach of Nha Trang. It’s very hot in the summer. I’m drinking cold


lemonade. I’m here with Tam and his family. Tam’s parents are cooking dinner. Tam is


swimming and his brothers are playing soccer on the beach.)



ENGLISH 6 UNIT 13: ACTIVITIES AND THE SEASONS



I. Multiple choice:


1. Please open the window. It’s very here.


A.

cold B. hot C. cool D. tired


2. Is it _ in the spring ? – Yes, it is.



A. warm B. hot C. cool D. cold


3. There is a football match today at the


A. museum B. stadium C. hospital D. bakery


4. What _ do you like ? - I like warm weather.
A. food B. drink C. sports D. weather
5. I don’t like iced tea. I like a drink.


A. cold B. cool C. warm D. hot


6. There are four _ in a year.


A. weathers B. seasons C. months D. weaks


7. What does he often do in the _ ? – He often goes swimming with his friends.


A. winter B. summer C. Sunday D. weekend


8. What’s her favorite ? - Spring.


A. activity B. season C. sport D. fruit


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(100)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=100>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


A. How much B. How many C. how often D. How


10. How _ do you go camping, Sang ?



A. much B. many C. often D. old


11. I go swimming in the spring.


A. often don’t B. do often not C. don’t often D. doesn’t often


12. do you listen to music ? – Every night.


A. What time B. How often C. How long D. How much


13. Would you like _ oranges ?


A. any B. an C. a D. some


14. She does aerobics _ a week .


A. on time B. two times C. four times D. twice


15. Mr. pike travels to Da Lat plane.


A. on B. by C . with D. to


<b>II. Complete the passage: </b>


<b>friends favorite in or </b>
<b>not vacation on lives </b>


Khanh (1) in Ho Chi Minh City. She is (2) grade 6. In
summer, she does (3) go to school. The weather is very hot. She often go swimming with
her (4) She sometimes goes to the park to fly skites (5) go


fishing. She also goes on (6) with her family. Her (7) place in Vung
Tau. Khanh likes the summer very much.


<b>III. MAKE QUESTIONS: </b>


1.

It’s cold in the winter


=> ………?


2.

Nam likes warm weather


=> ……… ?


3.

We never go sailing in the summer


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(101)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=101>

4.

My sister is playing badminton with Jonh.


=>………. ?


5.

My favorite season is spring.


=> ……….. ?


6.

Chi and her friends often play volleyball in the spring


=> ……….. ?


<b>IV. Put the words in the correct order: </b>


1.

doing / exercise / Nam / an / is


=> ………...


2.

do / it / cold / is / what / you / do / often / when.


=> ………..


3.

warm / is / the / weather / the / spring .


=> ……….


4.

your / What / sister / weather / like / does ?


=> ……….


5.

like / is / in / What / Nha Trang / weather / the.


=> ……….


6.

in / sometimes / the / We / summer / jog .


=> ………


<b>V. Reading comprehension and answer the questions: </b>


There are four seasons in my country. They are spring, summer, fall and winter. In the spring,
the spring is usually warm. Sometimes, it is cold, but not very cold. There are many flowers in
the spring. In the summer, the day is long and the night is short. We often go swimming in this
season. This fall is the season of fruits. In the winter, it’s usually very cold. The day is short and
the night is long.



1.

How many seasons are there in a year ? What are they ?


………..


2.

What are there in the spring ?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(102)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=102>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


3.

Is the day long or short in the winter ?


………


4.

What is the weather like in the winter ?


……….


5.

What do they often do in the summer ?


……….


6.

Do they often go swimming in the fall ?


……….


<b>VI. Reading comprehension and answer the questions: </b>


1.

Nga ( like ) some candy.


2.

What you ( do ) in your free time ? – I ( play )


badminton


3.

( be ) her friends free in the evening ?


4.

There ( be ) _ some milk in the kitchen.


5.

Minh would like ( play ) soccer.


6.

Look ! The babies ( ride ) _ their bike.


7.

How much rice his mother ( need ) ?


8.

I like ( read )


9.

Where (be) _ Nam’s sister ? – She (be) in her room. She (watch) TV.


10.

These students (go) jogging twice a week.


<b>VII. Put the verbs in the correct order: </b>
1. I go to the movies with my mother. (sometimes)


=>


2. She is a good student. (always)


=>


3. He drinks coffee. (every morning, at home)



=>


4. My parents go to work. (never, on the weekend)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(103)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=103>

5. My sister goes swimming. (twice a week)


=>


6. It is hot in the summer. (always)




7. What do you do when it’s cold? (often)




8. My father goes to Vung Tau every Sunday. (usually)


=>


9. He is busy every night. (sometimes)


=>


10. This place is noisy in the morning. (rarely)


=> _


<b>VIII. Circle the word that it has different pronunciation from others: </b>



1. A. tennis B. soccer C. tent D. never


2. A. fly B. usually C. hungry D. early


3. A. spring B. winter C. like D. tennis


4. A. hot B. soccer C. sport D. cold


<b>IX. Circle the word that it has different stress from others: </b>


1.

A. vacation B. citadel C. favorite D. minibus


2.

A. pastime B. fishing C. because D. season


3.

A. autumn B. weather C. winter D. activity


<b>X. Fill in the blank with the suitable word: </b>


1.

The rain isn’t heavy. It’s a rain.


2.

In the winter, the weather is never hot. It’s always .


3.

The weather is often sunny in the season.


4.

It is often in the fall.


5.

It rains all day. It’s a _ day.


6.

There are seasons in a year.



7.

is the first season of the year.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(104)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=104>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


9.

The weather is usually cool in the .


10.

It’s never hot in the .
<b>XI. Make sentences: </b>


1.

He / often/ go fishing/ summer.


……….


2.

We/ sometimes/ play volleyball/ winter.


……….


3.

Nam/ usually/ go sailing/ fall.


……….


4.

They/ often/ go walking in the mountains/ summer.


……….


5.

My father/ often/ go skiing/ winter.


……….


6.

Mai/ always/ jog/ spring.


……….


7.

I / often/ go swimming/ summer.


……….


8.

Nam and Quang/ always/ play basketball/ winter.


……….


9.

She/ usually/ skip/ fall.


……….


10.

My brother and I / often/ go fishing/ spring.


……….


<b>Unit 14. Making plans</b>

: Làm kế hoạch

EX00: Choose the best answer.



145.

_______are you going to do this summer vacation ?


A. When

B. Where

C. What

D. When



146. She is going to stay ______her aunt and uncle .



A. at

B. with

C. in

D. between



147. _______ are they going to stay ? _ For a week .




</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(105)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=105>

148._______ is she going to stay ? _ In a hotel .



A. What

B. When

C. Where

D. How



149. Let’s ________swimming . It’s very hot today.



A. to go

B. going

C. go

D. goes



150. Mai’s family are going to stay in Da Lat ____a week .



A. for

B. in

C. at

D. on



151. ________are you going to travel to Ha Noi ? _ By train



A. What

B. How

C. When

D. Where



152. Why don’t we _______ television ?



A. to watch B. watch

C. watching D. watches


153. _____are you going to spend your summer vacation?



_ In Da Lat.



A. When

B. Where

C. How long D. What



154. What about _____to Sapa on the weekend ?



A. go

B. going

C. to go

D. goes




155. _______are you going to do next weekend ?



A. How

B. How long C. Where

D. What



156. They are going _______in Hue for a week .


A. to stay

B. to visit

C. staying

D. stay



EX1: Make questions with “be going to” and answer with the cues given.


1.

You/ Hoa/ visit/ old teachers? – Yes.



2.

How long/ your uncle/ stay/ Hue? –He/ 2 days.


3.

How/ children/ go/ beach? – They/ bus.



4.

Miss Lan/ teach/ us/ literature/ next term? – Yes.


5.

What/ you/ be? – Teach/ when/ grow up.



(What are you going to be?- I’m going to be a teacher when I grow up.


EX2: Underlined the mistake and correct it.



1.

Let’s going camping this weekend.



2.

We’re going to play soccer match tomorrow.


3.

What about going and see our teachers?


4.

Why not we go to the cinema?



5.

What are you going to do in this summer vacation.


6.

Which place are we going to visit at first?



7.

Those school boys play soccer usually in the afternoon.


8.

My parents are going to buy for me a new bike next week.




9.

Hoa often helps her mother does the house work in the free time.


EX3: Supply the correct verb form.



1.

Huong (like)……volleyball. She often (play)…….vollyball with her friends. They


(play)……….volleyball now.



2.

I (go)…..to Hanoi next month.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(106)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=106>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


6.

…..she (do)………aerobics every mornjng?


7.

Let’s (go)……by car. It’s too far.



8.

What about (play)…..soccer or (play)……chess after class?


9.

Lan (visit)….her friends in HCM City this summer vacation.


10.

Why (not take)…….we a taxi?



EX4: Answer the following questions.



1.

What are you going to do this summer vacation?


2.

Where are you going to stay?



3.

How long are you going to stay there?


4.

What are you going to do there?


EX5: Supply the correct verb form.



I (be)….a student at Tran Phu School. I (be)….in grade 6 now. But after vacation this


summer, I (be)…..in grade 7. Every day. I (go)….to school and (do)….the homework


but today it’s Saturday. Tomorrow, I (not go)…..to school so I (not do)…..my




homework now. I (watch)…..TV. My father (say)….”we (visit)…..our grandfather


tomorrow”. I (love)…..my grandfather a lot and he (do)…..too. Tomorrow we



(have)…..lunch with our grandfather then in the afternoon, we (go)….to the zoo and


of course, I (do)….my homework in the evening.



EX6: Supply the correct verb form.



1.

Look! The plane (fly)…….towards the airport. It (land)……


2.

Why we (not go)…….to Ha Long this summer holiday?



3.

My brother and I (visit)…..our grandmother on the weekend.


4.

Where you (be)……Nam? – I’m here. I (read)…..in my room.


5.

Tam often (play)…..volleyball in the autumn.



6.

What you (do)….now? – we (listen)….to music.


7.

…..you (play)…soccer in the yard next Sunday?


EX7: Make the questions with the cues given.



1.

We are going to the movies. (What/ you/ see?)


2.

Sue’s not going buy car. (She/ train?)



3.

I’m going to Nha Tranh beach. (Where/ you/ stay?)



4.

It’s Nam’s birthday party next weekend. (He/ have a party?)


5.

Nhung and Trang are going to Hanoi. (How long/ they/ stay?)


6.

It’s very cloudy. (It/ rain?)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(107)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=107>

10.

Lien’s sister is going to university in September. (What/ she/ study?)



EX8: Change the following sentences in to the negative and interrogative.



1.

Mr Tam is going to travel to Hanoi next week.


2.

I’m going to play soccer tomorrow afternoon.


3.

The girls are skipping in the yard.



4.

They often drink tea after dinner.


5.

Miss Lan can drive a car.



6.

He is going to have bread and eggs for lunch.


7.

We are going to go camping next Saturday.


8.

My grandparents live in the country.



EX9: Make questions for the underlined words.


1.

I want to go camping.



2.

She wants to go to Huong pagoda.


3.

They want to travel by train.



4.

Nam doesn’t want to go to the movies because he’s tired.


5.

I want to have breakfast at seven o’clock.



6.

My sister wants to have a new bike.



7.

We are going to visit Hue this summer vacation.


8.

Minh is going to bring his camera.



EX10: Read the passage then answer the questions.



Long is going on vacation this summer. First he’s going to visit Da Nang for five days.



He’s going to stay with his uncle and aunt. He’s going to visit Cham Museum and Hoi An


Ancient Town. Then he’s going to stay at a friend’s house in Nha Trang for tree days.


There he is going to visit beach and swim. Finally, he is going to visit his grandmother in


HCM City. He is going to stay with yhem for a week.



1.

Which place is Long going to visit first?


2.

How long is he going to stay Da Nang.


3.

What’s he going to do in Da Nang?


4.

Where is he going to stay in Nha Trang?


5.

How long is he going to stay in Nha Trang?


6.

Who is he going to visit in HCM City?


Ex11: Listen and complete the table.



Name

Place to visit?

Where to stay?

How long to stay?



Lan

HaNoi

(1)

(2)



Hoa

(3)

In a hotel

(4)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(108)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=108>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


Lan is going to visit Ha Noi for five days. She’s going to stay at her friend’s house. Hoa is


going to visit Hue. She is going to stay in a hotel for three days. Mai is going to visit Nha


Trang for two weeks. She is going to stay with her uncle. Ba is going to visit HCM City. He


is going to stay with his grandfather for one week.



UNIT 14: MAKING PLANS


<b>I. Multiple choice: </b>


1. What are you going to do__________?



A. this vacation of summer B. in vacation C. in the vacation D. last summer


2. I am going to my aunt this weekend.


A. bring B. take C. look D. visit


3. “I’m very tired.” – “ _ ”


A. Oh, yes B. No, thanks C. It’s OK D. Why don’t you sit down?


4. What are you going to do? - .


A. Let we go camping B. Why do we go camping


C. What going camping D. Why don’t we go camping


5. Ba and his friends going to have a picnic near a lake.


A. am B. is C. do D. are


6. What about _ to the movies?


A. go B. to go C. going D. we go


7. can’t Nga walk to school?


A. What B. When C. How D. Why


8. Saturday afternoon, we’re going to visit my grandfather in the countryside.



A. On B. In C. For D. At


9. Thinh is going a new bicycle next week.


A. to buying B. buy C. to buy D. buying
10. There’s a soccer on television tonight.


A. match B. citadel C. idea D. restaurant


11. We can walk. It’s not very


A. cold B. far C. quiet D. tired


12. Lan’s is very old. She can’t go with them.


A. sister B. uncle C. grandmother D. aunt


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(109)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=109>

A. fruit B. soda C. food D. citadel


14. Mai’s mother goes to the twice a month


A. market B. school C. tent D. pagoda


15. We don’t know what to do. Can you make a _ ?


A. temple B. place C. vacation D. Suggestion


16. are you going to stay in the country? – For fifteen days.



A. How often B. How long C. How D . When


17. What are you going to do this weekend?


A. I’m going to do B. I am going to go camping


C. I’m going to swimming D. I’m going to visit some of my friends


18. . go to Da Lat.


A. Let’t B. why don’t we C. What about D. Would you like


<b>II. Complete the passage: </b>


<i><b>Pagodas week days do summer where going to </b></i>


A: What are you going to do this _( 1 ) vacation ? B : I’m going to to a


trip ( 2 ) Hue.


A : How long are you going to stay there ?


B : I’m going to stay for seven ( 3 ) . A : _( 4 ) are you going to stay
?


B : I’m ( 5 ) _to stay in a hotel.


A : What are you going to there ?


B : I’m going to visit some ( 7 ) _ and a citadel.



<b>III. MAKE QUESTIONS: </b>


1.

Lan is going to live in China next year


=> ………?


2.

His pencils are brown


=> ……… ?


3.

They are going to paint their house


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(110)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=110>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, HàNội


4.

Miss Hoa is going to stay in a hotel tonight.


=>………. ?


5.

Bill is taking two chairs into his room.


=> ……….. ?


6.

Lan is my close friend


=> ……….. ?


7.

They have some exercises today.


=> ……….. ?



8.

I’m going to play games after class.


=> ……….. ?


9.

She is going to buy some milk tomorrow.


=> ……….. ?


10.

Mr Tam is always busy in the afternoon


……….. ?


<b>IV. Put the words in the correct order: </b>


1.

going / Mr Tan / Hanoi / week / is / to / next


……….


2.

is / Where / going / have / Lan / dinner / to / tonight ?


………..


3.

are / What / going / do / the / weekend / you / to / on ?


……….


4.

children / for / her / oranges / and / some / apples / going / buy / to / is / Mrs Lan


……….



5.

Where / tonight / go / going / to / you / are?


……….


6.

do/ you/ class/ what/ going/ are/ to/ today/ after?


……….


7.

going/ visit/ our/ to/ next/ grandparents/ Sunday/ are/ we


……….


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(111)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=111>

……….


9.

Are/ anything/ do/ tonight/ you/ going/ to?


……….


10.

Play/ the beach/ there/ let’s/ and/ time/ go/ have/ to /a


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(112)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=112>

<b>V. Reading comprehension and answer the questions: </b>


Dung likes camping. She often goes to the beach on the weekend with her parents and
her brother. They sometimes go sailing and swim there. Dung’s brother usually brings a
camera and he takes some photos. Dung and her parents take food, drinks and fruits. They
are going to camp in the countryside this weekend. They are going to stay there for two days.
They aren’t going to go sailing but they are going to go to the pagodas tomorrow.


<b>Answer the questions: </b>



1.

What does Dung like?


………..


2.

When does she go?


………..


3.

Who does she go with?


………


4.

What do they always do on the beach?


……….


5.

Does Dung bring a camera?


……….


6.

How long are they going to stay in the countryside?


……….


7.

Are they going to go sailing this weekend?


……….


<b>VI. Give the correct tense of the verbs: </b>



1.

They want (walk)_ _ to school.


2.

Nam often (go) to the movies on Sundays.


3.

She (go) aerobics every day.


4.

What he (do) this weekend?


5.

We (go) _ to the cinema tonight..


6.

Let’s (listen) to music.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(113)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=113>

8.

My friend would like (play) the guitar


9.

His father likes (go) _ jogging.


10.

What about (have) a picnic ?


11.

I (stay) there for two days when I come there.


12.

My mother (cook) in the kitchen now.


13.

I (go) to Hanoi next week.


14.

He (not go) often to the movie on Sunday nights.


15.

My mother (give) me a new bike next week.


16.

Lan always (go) _ to school on weekdays.


17.

Where (be) Mai? – She (play) in the garden.


18.

Tomorrow (be) Sunday. I (do) _ the housework.


19.

The teacher (read) the dialogue at the moment and we (listen)
to him.


20.

Look! She (come) .


<b>VII. Rewrite the sentences </b>


1.

Let’s go to the movies.


What about ………?


2.

Why don’t we play football this afternoon?


Let’s ………..……


3.

Why don’t we visit Hương Pagoda?


What about ………?


4.

What about going to the beach?


Let’s ……….………


5.

What about travelling by motorbike?



Why don’t we .………?


6.

Let’s listen to music.


Why don’t we ………?


7.

Do you want a cup of coffee?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(114)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=114>

8.

My father is going to drive to Nha Trang.


My father is going to travel ………


9.

He likes spring most.


His favorite ………..


10.

How many apples does she have in her bag?


How many apples are………?


<b>Unit 15. Countries</b>

: Các quốc gia

EX00: Choose the best answer.



157.

Laura is _______. She is Canadian .



A. China

B. Canada

C. from Canada D. France



158. _______ are you from ?



A. What

B. When

C. Where

D. How




159. He’s from France . He _________ French.



A. says

B. speaks

C. talks

D. listens



160. Peter comes from Britain . He speaks ____________ .


A. British

B. English

C. American D. China



161. Yoko is ________Japan. He is Japanese .



A. in

B. to

C. from

D. with



162. What is her _____________? _ She is Australian.


A. language B. nationality C. population D. country


163. They are going _________vacation in London .



A. in

B. on

C. at

D. for



164. ________languages can you speak ?



A. When

B. How

C. How much D. Which



165. The Great Wall of China is the world ‘s _____structure.



A. long

B. longer

C. longest

D. longest



166. The Mekong River is _________than the Red River.



A. long

B. longer

C. longest

D. the longer




167. Ho Chi Minh has a ___________of 3.5 million .



A. city

B. capital

C. population D. country



168. Hanoi is the ___________of Vietnam .



A. city

B. capital

C. beach

D. hospital



169. I am Mary . I am __________ Great Britain .



A. to

B. from

C. at

D. on



170. They are going to _____ Nha Trang Beach this summer.



A. stay

B. live

C. go

D. visit



171. Ho Chi Minh City is ____________city in Vietnam.


A. biggest

B. the biggest C. bigger

D big


172. There are _____apples in the refrigerator .



A. a

B. an

C. some

D. any



173. _____ I help you? _ Yes, I’d like some beef , please.



A. Do

B. Must

C. Would

D. Can



174. ______the spring , I often go for a walk .



A. On

B. At

C. In

D. For




175. What ____Ba often do on Sundays ?



A. is

B. does

C. do

D. would



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(115)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=115>

177. Tokyo is _______than Mexico City.



A. smaller

B. smallest

C. the smallest

D. small


178. I usually go to school ______the morning .



A. for

B. at

C. in

D. on



179. We live in Hue ,but my uncle ______in HCM City.



A. to live

B. living

C. live

D. lives



180. ________do you do when it is hot?



A. Where

B. What

C. When

D. Who



181. How ________bananas are there in the fridge?



A. many

B. much

C. long

D. often



182. There isn’t _______milk in the bottle.



A. an

B. a

C. any

D. some



183. I’d like some rice. I’m _________ .



A. hungry

B. thirsty

C. thin

D. hot




184. My friends usually go ________in the river.



A. swimming

B. sailing C. camping D. walking


185. How much is a _________of toothpaste.



A. can

B. bar

C. tube

D. box



186. Are you going to see _________in Hue ?



A. Cham museum

B. the citadel



C. Ngoc Son temple

D. Huong pagoda



187. It’s very cold in the __________ .



A. summer B. spring

C. fall D. winter


188. What about ______table-tennis ?



A. to play

B. playing

C. plays

D. play



189. Fall means ………..in British-English.



A. summer B. winter C. autumn

D. spring


190. What does Lien do when ………warm ?



A. there’s B. it’s C. its D. they ’re


191. It’s cold in our country ………the winter .


A. at

B. on

C. of

D. in




192. Tan likes ………..weather because he can go swimming


A. hot

B. cold

C. windy

D. foggy



193. How often do you do morning exercises in the summer?



A. I sometimes do B. Yes , I do . C. I like it .

D. I play soccer.


EX1: Write the suitable comparisons.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(116)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=116>

2.

Cold ………. ……….


3.

Hot ……….. ………..


4.

Young ……….. ………


5.

Expensive ………... ………


6.

Handsome ……… ……….


7.

Fat ………. ………..


8.

Good ………. ……….


9.

Great ………. ………


10.

Bad ……… ……….


11.

Noisy ……….. ……….


12.

Happy ………. ……….


13.

Small ………. ……….


14.

Tall ………. ………...


15.

Thin ……… ………


EX2: Complete the sentences with the cues given.



1.

In England, February is the (cold)…..month.


2.

My brother is (small)…….than I am.



3.

May is (wet)….month in HCM City.


4.

He is very (strong)……




5.

That girl is the (small)…..child in the class.


6.

Jenny is (beautiful)…..than Bally.



7.

I am (good)…..at maths than at English


8.

Winter is the (dry)…..season in Vietnam.


Ex3: Answer the questions with the cues given.



1.

Where is she from? (America)


2.

Is she English? (no)



3.

What nationality is she? (Chinese)



4.

What does she do every day? (go to school)


5.

Does she learn Chinese at school? (yes)



6.

What language does she learn ar school? (English)



7.

How often does she have English lesson at school? (twice/ week)


EX4: Complete the sentences.



1.

Laura/ Canada.



2.

He/ speak/ English. He/ Great Britain.


3.

His house/ high/ her house.



4.

Dalat/ cold/ Hue.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(117)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=117>

1.

Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world.


2.

Vietnam has lots of beautiful beaches.




3.

My new friends are from Australia.


4.

She speaks Russian.



5.

There are 13.6 million people in Mexico City.


6.

The Great Wall is over 600 kilometers long.


7.

The Nile River flows into the Mediterraneas Sea.


8.

The weather is cool and wet now in London.


9.

Yes, we have lots of beautiful beaches.



10.

My father is reading a newspaper in the living room.


EX6: Make questions and answers with the cues given.



1.

Which/ longer/ Mekong River/ Red River? – Mekong River.


2.

Hue/ gigger/ HCM City? – No/ small.



3.

Your home town/ a lot of rivers? – yes.


4.

Where/ John/ come? – The USA.



5.

There/ forests/ country? – Yes.


Ex7: Odd one out.



1.

A. charm B. farm C. arm D. warm


2.

A. face B. small C. grade D. late


3.

A. head B. heavy C. leave D. ready


4.

A. museum B. drug C. lunch D. bus


5.

A. twice B. swim C. skip D. picnic


Ex8: Sentences building.



1.

How/ many/ people/ family?


2.

When/ cold/ I/ fishing.




3.

We/ often/ go/ park.



4.

My mother/ visit/ Dalat/ this summer vacation.


5.

How/ much/ ice-cream?



EX9: write the superlatives.



1.

Sahara/ large derest/ world.


2.

Spring/ nice season/ year.


3.

Whales/ big animal/ world.


4.

Hoa/ goog student/ our class.


5.

Minh/ young person/ his family.


6.

Royal hotel/ cheap hotel/ our town.


7.

Unit 1/ easy unit/ this book.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(118)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=118>

10.

Today/ happy day/ my life.



EX10: Each sentence has one mistake. Find the mistake and correct it.


1.

This building is high 165 meters.



2.

Nga is the taller girl in my class.



3.

The tallest building on the world is Petronas Twin Towers.


4.

Nga and Lan is shorter than Minh.



5.

Our teacher is the goodest person I know.


6.

I am Vietnam.



7.

Which language do you speak good?



8.

We have lot of beautiful beaches.


Ex11: Odd one out.



1.

A. population B.nationality C. feature D. vacation


2.

A. big B. building C.high D. thick



3.

A. range (giới hạn) B.natural C. nationality D. language


4.

A. flow B. forest C. ocean D. pagoda


5.

A. great B. feature C. speak D.season



EX12: Rewrite the sentence in such a way that it means nearly the same as the one


above.



1.

My living room is smaller than your living room. -> Your living room…


2.

No house on the street is newer than this house. -> this house….


3.

Nam is 1,75 meters tall. Vinh is 1,55 tall. -> Vinh is…..



4.

Lien is fattest girl in our school. -> No girl…….



5.

My homework is more difficult than yours. -> Your homework….


6.

This school bag is newer than that one. -> That school bag….


7.

Cities are noisier than countries. -> Countries……..



8.

The Nile River is the longest river in the world. -> No river….


9.

No body is young than him in my class. -> He…..



10.

I’m the tallest in the class. -> No body….



EX13: Make the questions for the underlined words.


1.

She stays at home because she’s tired.




2.

It’s very warm in the spring.



3.

His teacher is very young and nice.



4.

He likes going to English Club in his free time.


5.

When it’s rainy, he likes sailing.



EX14: Complete the cross word puzzles.


a.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(119)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=119>

1

A



2

N



3

G



U


A


G


E


S



b.



1

C


O


3

U



4

N




5

T



6

R



7

I



8

E


S



a.

1. Japanese 2. French 3. English 4. Vietnamese 5. Chinese


b.

1. Canada 2. Mexico 3. Australia 4. Japan 5. Vietnam


6.

France 7. China 8. Great Britain 9. Malaysia



ENGLISH 6 UNIT 15: COUNTRIES



<b>I.</b>

Multiple choice:


1. What’s his ? – He’s Chinese


A. population B. country C. nationality D. language


2. Does the Red River into the sea ?


A. ride B. drive C. flow D. start


3. Which language do they _ ?


A. speak B. have C. make D. stay



4. Swimming in that _ is very dangerous.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(120)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=120>

6. How many deserts are there in the _ ?
A. building B. language C. town D. world


7. Nam has a picnic on a beautiful _


A. lake B. river C. forest D. beach


8. Hanoi is the of Vietnam.


A. capital B. city C. town D. country


9. This town has a _ of 12000.


A. structure B. tower C. population D. nationality


10. Sang and his family are vacation in Hue.


A. with B. at C. of D. on


11. Which is the city in the world ?


A. big B. bigger C. biggest D. the big


12. Our country doesn’t have deserts


A. any B. many C. a lot D. some


<b>II. Complete the passage: </b>



<b>country Wall capital city mountain rain beaches student </b>


1.

We have a lot of beautiful (1) .


2.

Which is the highest (2) in Vietnam.


3.

How long is the Great (3) of China?


4.

Is Lan the best (4) in your class?


5.

My (5) is a great one.


6.

Ho Chi Minh city is bigger than the (6) _ city.


7.

There is a lot of (7) in Vietnam.


8.

A country is quieter than a (8) .


<b>III. MAKE QUESTIONS: </b>


1.

I’m from Vietnam.


=> ………?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(121)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=121>

……… ?


3.

His friends speak Japanese.


=> ………. ?



4.

Mount Everest is the highest mountain in the world


=>………. ?


5.

The Nile River flows to the Mediterranean Sea.


=> ……….. ?


6.

The weather is cool and wet in London


=> ……….. ?


7.

Mr Bush is British.


=> ……….. ?


8.

He’s going to help his Mom tomorrow.


=> ……….. ?


9.

My father usually goes to works by motorbike.


=> ……….. ?


10.

Mary’s aunt is from Korea.


……….. ?


<b>IV. Sentence building: </b>



1.

from / Vietnam / and / I / is / Laura / Canada / am / from


=> ………...


2.

language/ Which / does / your / speak / French


=> ………..


3.

building / tallest / the / is / That / city / the / in


=> ……….


4.

Lan’s house / smaller / is / house / my / than


=> ……….


5.

the / spring / in / What / weather / is / like / the ?


=> ……….


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(122)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=122>

Hi, my name is Ha. I’m Vietnamese. I’m twelve years old. Now I’m in grade 6.
Sometimes I speak English in English class. I live in Ho Chi Minh City with my parents and my
brother, Nam. He can speak Chinese and English. My country is very beautiful. We have a lot
of mountains and rivers. We have large forests and long beaches, too.


1.

What’s Ha’s nationality?


………..



2.

Which grade is she in ?


………..


3.

Can she and her brother speak English ?


………


4.

Who does she live with ?


……….


5.

Is her brother Chinese ?


……….


6.

Does Vietnam have a lot of mountains and forests ?


<b>VI. Give the correct tense of the verbs: </b>


1.

Laura (be) _ from Canada. She (speak) English. She (come)


to Vietnam tomorrow. She (stay) _____________ in a hotel in Ho Chi Minh
City for 3 weeks. She (visit) a lot of places in Vietnam.


2.

Which language Peter (speak) ? – He (speak)


English.


3.

He often (have) coffee for breakfast, but today he (eat) ____________ some eggs

and bread with his friends in a canteen.


4.

At the moment, the children (play) soccer in the garden.


5.

you (speak) Chinese?


6.

Listen ! she (sing) .


7.

He always (watch) TV every night.


8.

She (run) with her dog on the road.


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(123)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=123>

10.

She (like not) Tom and me.


<b>VII. Give the correct form of the adjectives: </b>


Ex: Your house is <i>bigger </i>than my house. (big)
London is the <i>smallest </i>city of these three cities. (small)


1.

The Mekong River is the _ river in Vietnam. (small)


2.

Tokyo is _ than London. (big)


3.

Ho Chi Minh City is the city in Vietnam. (big)


4.

Petronas Twin Towers is than Sears Tower. (tall)


5.

My sister is than me. (old)


6.

Nam is than Ba. He is the _ _ boy in his class. (short)


7.

Phanxipang is the mountain in Vietnam. (high)


8.

These book are than those book. (thick)


9.

It is the building in this city. (tall)


10.

The Nile River is _ than the Amazon River. (long)


<b>VIII. Rewrite these sentences: </b>


1. The country is beautiful.


It’s ……….


2. Vietnam has a lot of beautiful beaches.


There ……….


3. The Amazon River is longer than the Mekong River.


The Mekong River is ……….


4. No boys in my class is taller than Nam.


Nam is ………


5. What is the height of the Eiffel Tower?
How………?
6. What is the population of Hanoi?



How many ……….?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(124)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=124>

EX1: Fill in the blank with a few, a little, lot or lots.


1.

I would like…….sald on my vegetables.



2.

The village is very small. There are only…….houses.


3.

Does your uncle’s farm produce a…..of rice?



4.

There are…….of eggs in the market.



5.

Let’s go and have a drink. We have…..time before the train leaves.


6.

Would you like……biscuits?



7.

I know you have a…..of money.


8.

Are there……of people at the party?


9.

We have…..days for holiday.



10.

Every day he spends only……hours sleeping.


EX2: Odd one out.



1.

animal plant trash waste paddy


2.

some more morning forest short


3.

destroy between because collect we


4.

produce much structure cut lunch


5.

sausage damage orange animal village


6.

teeth three between tree engineer


EX3: Listen and complete the passage then answer the questions.



My uncle lives in the country. He has (1)…….paddy fields near his house and he



produces (2)…….rice. He grows (3)…….flowers in front of his house. To the left of his


house, he has (4)……fruit trees. They produce (5)…….fruit. There is a small garden to the


right of the house. He grows (6)…….vegetables.



My uncle also has (7)…..animals. He has three buffalo, threecows and (8)…..chickens.


The cows produce (9)…..milk but the chickens produce (10)….eggs.



1.

Where does your uncle live?


2.

How much rice does he produce?


3.

How many flowers does he grow?


4.

How many fruit trees does he have?


5.

Does he grow many vegetables?



6.

How many buffalo, cows and chickens does he have?


7.

Do the cows produce a lot of milk?



EX4: Fill in the mistake and correct it.


1.

We should not live our trash.



2.

They are burning too many coal, oil and gas.


3.

How much milk do his cow produce?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(125)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=125>

6.

Why are this Asian animals in danger?



7.

What does the world need more food?- Because there are more people.


8.

She is going visit HN this summer vacation.



9.

There is too a lot of water in the bottle.


10.

How many rice do you want?




EX5: Rewite the following sentences, using we/ you + should/ shouldn’t.


1.

Let’s save water.



2.

Why don’t you see a dotor?


3.

Let’s plant more trees.


4.

Don’t burn the trees.


5.

Turn off the lights.



6.

Let’s not waste our power.


7.

Don’t pollute the air.


8.

Recycle waste paper.



EX6: Fill in the table with the rules to protect the environment.


-

Waste water. – pick flowers.



-

Burn forests. - pollute the land.



-

Recycle old plastic. - collect waste paper, empty bottles.


-

Leave trash. – destroy plants and animals.



-

Cut trees. – grow trees.



-

Save the air. – damage rivers and oceans.


*We should * We shouldn’t



……… ………



EX7: Put should or shouldn’t in the sentences.



1.

You……eat too much meat. It’s not good for your health.



2.

I feel tired. I…..go to bad early.



3.

Don’t throw waste paper and empty bottles away. We…..collect and recycle


them.



4.

My brother has a lot of homework. He…..go to bed early.


5.

We….kill wild animals. They are in danger now.



6.

Lan is too cold. She….wear warm clothes.



7.

The air is polluted. We…..burn too much coal, oil and gas.


8.

We need more land but we…..cut down the forests.


9.

You…..come with them if you don’t want to.



10.

You……slow down at an intersection.



<b>ENGLISH 6 UNIT 16: MAN AND THE ENVIRONMENT </b>



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(126)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=126>

A. pulls B. produces C. plows D. flows


2. We some flowers in front of the windows.


A. plant B. pull C. brush D. close


3. give us milk and beef.


A. Cats B. Dogs C. Chicken D. Cows


4. The man is his old clothes.



A. cutting down B. burning C. destroying D. producing


5. The farmer cows and chickens behind the his house.


A. produces B. plant C. feeds D. grows


6. Don’t throw trash into the river. It water


A. pollutes B. plows C. saves D. damage


7. Janes and Jimmy are apples in the garden.


A. growing B. dripping C. picking D. feeding


8. We need for our cars.


A. waste B. oil C. paper D. trash


9. Our teachers are going to _ our exercise books tomorrow.


A. collect B. throw C. keep D. destroy


10. Those can recycle cans and plastic bags.


A. forests B. fields C. animals D. factories


11. There are lakes in the countryside.


A. lot of B.much C. lots of D. a lot



12. We shouldn’t trash in the street.


A. collect B. waste C. throw D. pick


13. He’s a . He works on the paddy field.


A. worker B. farm C. farmer D. field


14. Children _ play soccer on the street.


A. mustn’t B. shouldn’t C. aren’t D. can’t


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(127)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=127>

<b>II. Complete these sentences with “some, a , an, any, few, little, lot or lots”: </b>


1.

I eat banana every morning.


2.

The farmers produce of rice.


3.

Do you have _ eggs ?


4.

I can speak a English


5.

Would you like tea ?


6.

She needs a of sugar and pour.


7.

There are a _ people in this room.


8.

My mother has cookies. Would you like to eat ?



9.

I’m hungry. I want food.


10.

There’s eraser in the box.


<b>III. Sentence building: </b>


1.

electricity / should / waste / not / We


=> ………...


2.

world / biggest / is / the / in / city / Mexico City / the


=> ………..


3.

matter / is / What / is / the / Hoa / with ?


=> ……….


4.

water / color / What / is / the ?


=> ……….


5.

lot / a / of / traffic / Ha Noi / There / is / in


=> ……….


6.

street / throw / Don’t / in / trash / the


=> ……….



7.

beef / produce / These / and / lots / milk / cows / of


=> ……….


8.

eggs / want / does / many / your / How / mother ?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(128)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=128>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


<b>IV. Reading comprehension and answer the questions: </b>


Sang is late this morning. He can’t have breakfast at home as usual. He eats breakfast when
his father is driving him to school. He always has some bread and eggs. When he finishes the
bread, he throws the paper onto the road. His father says: “You are polluting our city, Sang.”


“But dad, just a piece of paper” he says.


“If everyone does not like this, our city has many and many papers on the street” “There’s not trash
can in the car or in the bus, dad.”


“You should put it in your school bag and leave it in the trash can at school.” “I’m very sorry about
that, dad.”


<b>Answer True, False or Not given: </b>


1. Sang has his breakfast with his father at home. ………..


2. He usually eats some bread and eggs every morning. ………..


3. He throws a piece of paper in the street. ………..



4. His father picks it up and leaves it in the trash can. ………..


5. The papers can make our city polluted. ………..


6. He should put the papers in the trash can at school. ………..


<b>V. Rewrite these sentences: </b>


1.

Miss Chi’s hair is long and black.


Miss Chi has ………


2.

My mother likes drinking milk coffee.


Milk coffee ………


3.

Let’s take a taxi to the airport.


What about ………?


4.

This bag is lighter than that bag.


That bag ………..


5.

What is the length of the Nile River?


How ………?


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(129)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=129>

3. A. streets B. stops C. plays D. desks



4. A. summer B. sometimes C. mother D. usually


5. A. feels B. eats C. lips D. likes


6. A. rice B. iced C. white D. drink


7. A. places B. oranges C. writes D. boxes


8. A. have B. camera C. cake D. travel


9. A. when B. where C. why D. who


10. A. lips B. flowers C. vacations D. jogs


11. A. goes B. beaches C. washes D. watches


12. A. center B. country C. capital D. vacation


13. A. hungry B. sky C. thirsty D. usually


14. A. seat B. breakfast C. eat D. teach


15. A. tennis B. ten C. soccer D. never


16. A. tennis B. soccer C. tent D. never
17. A. kite B. picnic C. skip D. swim
18. A. sports B. tents C. brings D. boots


<b>VII. Circle the word that it has different stress from others: (0.5ms) </b>



1. A. vacation B. citadel C. favorite D. minibus


2. A. pastime B. fishing C. because D. season


3. A.activities B.weekend C.winter D.summer


4. A.fishing B.packet C. pagoda D.purple


5. A.uncle B idea C.picnic D.sausage


6. A.listen B.usually C.video D.correct


7. A.apple B.tomato C.cooking D.bottle


8. A. body B. cabbage C. onion D. potato


9. A. carrot B. shoulder C. finger D. banana


CÁC DẠNG BÀI TẬP CƠ BẢN HỌC KỲ II



Exercise 1: Fill in the blanks with:

a, an, some, any



1.

There isn’t _________ milk in the jar.


2.

No. There aren’t _________ noodles.


3.

I have _________ orange.



4.

Do you have _________ meat?



5.

I’m hungry. I’d like _________ chicken and rice.


6.

I want _________ apple.




7.

I’d like _________ milk, please.


8.

Mrs. Yen wants _________ beans.


9.

That is _________ oninon.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(130)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=130>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


13.

Do your parents need _________ fruit?


14.

Would you like _________ tomato?



15.

There are _________ eggs and _________ bread.



16.

My mother buys _________ cabbages and _________ kilo of beef.


Exercise 2: Arrange the following nouns into two groups:



salad, vegetables, ice-cream, lettuce, chicken, milk, orange juice, lemonade, sandwich, apple, onion,


butter, fish, soda, water, meat, egg, carrot, soup, beer, juice, drinks, fruit, rice, coffee, cake, hot dog,


candy, chocolate, soap, noodle, cocktail, beefsteak, oil, banana, sausage, pork, cabbages, beans, tea


+ Countable nouns: _________________________________________________



__________________________________________________________________


__________________________________________________________________


+ Uncountable nouns: _______________________________________________


__________________________________________________________________


__________________________________________________________________


Exercise 3: Supply the correct verb in brackets.



1. Mai’s friend often (go) ____________ to bed at 10 p.m.


2. Mr. Tam’s sons (ride) ______________ a bike at that time.


3. Her legs (not be) _____________ long.




4. Now, my sister (skip) _______________ rope.



5. Tuan mustn’t (drive) _____________ a car because he is very young.


6. Please be quiet! My father (sleep) _________________



7. I (wash) ____________ my face every morning.


8. Can the children (play) _____________ video games?



9. Their sister (not work) ________________ in the factory on Saturday afternoon.


10. My brother wants (be) ____________ a doctor.



11. There (not be) ______________ any noodles in the bowl.


12. Her son (stay) _____________ there every Sunday.



13. __________ your teacher (do) ____________ aerobics at the moment?


14. His teeth (be) ___________ white.



15. My father would like (read) _____________ newpapers every morning.


16. Let’s (go) ___________ to the movie theater.



17. Be careful! The teacher (look) _______________ at you.



18. We (must) _____________ (stop) _____________ when the red lights.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(131)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=131>

22. Lan and Nam (see) ______________ a new film tonight.


23. Ha likes (eat) _____________ delicious food.



24. What color (be) __________ these bikes? – They’re green.


25. Phong (have) ___________ fish, rice and soup for dinner.




26. They (not want) ______________ (play) _____________ table tennis.


27. My mother (cook) ___________ the meals every day.



28. We (not need) _____________ some cooking oil.


29. It (be) _________ very hot now.



30. Mr. Trung is a bus driver. He (drive) ___________ a bus but now he (have) ___________ lunch


at the foodstall.



31. My friend (take) _________________ a trip to Da Lat next week.


Exercise 4: Answer the questions.



1. Which sports do you usually play every afternoon?


2. What weather does your mother like?



3. How many seasons are there in a year? What are they?


4. How often do you have a picnic with your family?



5. Do you have a cold shower in winter? If yes, how often?


6. What does your sister do when it’s warm?



7. How many seasons are there in Ho Chi Minh city?


8. What is the weater like in the autumn?



9. Do you like meat or fish?



10. How often are you late for school?


11. What would you like for lunch?


12. How much chicken do you want?




13. What do you say when you want to help your friends?


14. Are you tired or fine?



15. What hot drinks would you like when you are cold?


16. What’s the weather like in your country?



17. What do you usually do in your free time?


18. Are the days long or short in the summer?


19. What do you do when it is hot?



20. What does your brother in his free time?


21. Is it cool in the fall?



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(132)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=132>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


1.

How / chocolate / they / need?



2.

What / your brother / do / the weather / hot?


3.

How / season / are there / Viet Nam?



4.

Kathy / like / beef.



5.

What / the weather / you / like?


6.

Lan’d / sandwich / a glass / hot milk.



7.

the canteen / Hung / buy / plate / fried noodle / two can / soda.


8.

How / your family / go camping?



9.

Which / sport / Mr. Thang / play / work?



10.

There / any vegetables / the refrigerator.


11.

Hoa and her friends / skip rope / right now.



12.

What / weather / like / the dry season? // sunny and dry.


13.

Can / you / go / bookstore / me?



14.

there / bread / breakfast?


15.

Miss. Chi / hair / long / short?



16.

Would / she / like / play badminton / stadium?


17.

farmer / work / the farm.



18. He / like / bottle / cooking oil.


19. Would / like / cup / tea / coffee?


20. What / you / have / lunch?


21. your / favorite / food?


22. She / like / hot / weather.



23. She / sometimes / go / movies / her friends.


24. Lan / tall girl / in the class.



25. Nam / often / go fishing / spring.



<b>ENGLISH 6 – VOCABULARY CHECK – 1</b>

<b>ST</b>

<b> TERM </b>



<i><b>(Notes: v – </b></i>

độ

<i><b>ng t</b></i>

<i><b>, n – danh t</b></i>

<i><b>, a – tính t</b></i>

<i><b>, adv – tr</b></i>

<i><b>ng t</b></i>

<i><b>, p – gi</b></i>

<i><b>i t</b></i>

<i><b>, ph – c</b></i>

<i><b>m t</b></i>

<i><b>) </b></i>


<b>SCHOOL </b>



1. háo hức về cái gì (ph) 2. đồng phục (n)
3. máy tính bỏ túi (n) 4. cái gọt bút chì (n)



5. cái compa (n) 6. quyển vở (n)


7. sách giáo khoa (n) 8. hộp bút (n)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(133)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=133>

13. từ vựng (n) 14. tiền tiêu vặt (n)
15. bạn cùng lớp (n) 16. ghi nhớ (v)


17. chia sẻ gì với ai (ph) 18. giúp ai việc gì (ph)
19. trường nội trú (n) 20. trường quốc tế (ph)
21. ở nước ngoài (adv/a) 22. bao quanh bởi (ph)
23. thư viện (n) 24. thiết bị (n)


25. trang web (n) 26. giờ giải lao (n)


27. lời giới thiệu (n) 28. làm bài kiểm tra (ph)


<b>HOME </b>



29. đằng sau (p) 30. đằng trước (ph)


31. ở giữa (A và B) (ph) 32. ở giữa (1 khoảng) (ph)


33. ở dưới (p) 34. bên cạnh (p)


35. căn hộ (n) 36. anh/chị/em họ (n)


37. hành lang, sảnh (n) 38. gác mái (n)


39. tủđựng đồ (n) 40. tủ có ngăn kéo (ph)


41. máy điều hòa (n) 42. tủ quần áo (n)


43. bồn rửa (n) 44. máy rửa bát (n)


45. nồi, bếp nấu (n) 46. lị vi sóng (n)
47. quạt trần (n) 48. bừa bộn (a)
49. nhà thành phố (n) 50. nhà nông thôn (n)


51. biệt thự (n) 52. nhà sàn (n)


53. kỳ lạ (a) 54. khách du lịch (n)


55. được đặt tên theo (ph) be


<b>FRIENDS </b>



56. nói nhiều (a) 57. chăm chỉ (a)


58. buồn tẻ (a) 59. nhút nhát (a)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(134)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=134>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội
62. thông minh (a) (1) 63. thông minh (a) (2)


64. thân thiện (a) 65. sáng tạo (a)


66. hay giúp đỡ (a) 67. hài hước (a)


68. khuỷu tay (n) 69. đầu gối (n)


70. cổ (n) 71. đuôi (n)



72. má (n) 73. ngón tay (n)


74. vai (n) 75. vàng hoe (a)


76. xoăn (a) 77. thẳng (a)


78. bầu bĩnh (a) 79. món thịt nướng (n)


80. dàn đồng ca (n) 81. pháo hoa (n)


82. lính cứu hỏa (n) 83. xe cứu hỏa (n)
84. tình nguyện (v) 85. tình nguyện viên (n)


86. độc lập (a) 87. tò mò (a)


88. có trách nhiệm (a) 89. cuộc thi (n)


90. nghiêm túc (a) 91. đính kèm (v)


92. chụp ảnh ai (ph) 93. lửa trại (n)


94. đáng sợ (a) 95. chơi tìm kho báu (ph)


96. tham gia (ph) 97. đi xe đạp (ph)


98. trượt tuyết (v) 99. leo núi (v)
100. nói trước đám đơng (n)


<b>NEIGHBOURHOOD </b>




101. bức tượng (n) 102. ga tàu hỏa (n)


103. tượng đài (n) 104. ngôi đền (n)


105. ngôi chùa (n) 106. quảng trường (n)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(135)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=135>

109. cung điện (n) 110. qua đường (ph)


111. bị lạc (a) 112. yên bình (a)


113. chật hẹp (a) 114. đơng đúc (a)


115. cổ kính (a) 116. hiện đại (a)


117. thuận tiện (a) 118. bất tiện (a)


119. nhàm chán (a) 120. thú vị (a)


121. tuyệt vời (a) 122. tồi tệ (a)


123. đắt (a) 124. rẻ (a)


125. ô nhiễm (a) 126. xưởng (n)


127. sau đó (adv) 128. sau đó (ph)


129. cuối cùng (adv) 130. ngoại ô (n)


131. ngoài trời (a) 132. hoạt động (n)



133. một cách đáng ngạc
nhiên (adv)


134. kéo dài trong (bao lâu)
(ph)


135. sân sau (n) 136. sân trước (n)


137. khơng thích (v) 138. khu lân cận (n)


<b>NATURE </b>



139. núi (n) 140. rừng (n)


141. thác nước (n) 142. hang động (n)


143. sa mạc (n) 144. hòn đảo (n)


145. thung lũng (n) 146. đi du lịch (v)


147. băng dán (n) 148. cái kéo (n)


149. ủng (n) 150. túi ngủ (n)


151. thuốc giảm đau (n) 152. ba lô (n)
153. kem chống nắng (n) 154. la bàn (n)


155. cái lều (n) 156. đèn pin/ đuốc (n)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(136)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=136>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội
159. lời khuyên (n) 160. cần thiết (a)


161. rất cần thiết (a) 162. được gọi là (ph)
163. truyền thống (a) 164. sự hấp dẫn (n)
165. nghệ thuật ẩm thực (n)


<b>ENGLISH 6 – VOCABULARY CHECK – 1</b>

<b>ST</b>

<b> TERM (KEY) </b>



<i><b>(Notes: v – </b></i>

độ

<i><b>ng t</b></i>

<i><b>, n – danh t</b></i>

<i><b>, a – tính t</b></i>

<i><b>, adv – tr</b></i>

<i><b>ng t</b></i>

<i><b>, p – gi</b></i>

<i><b>i t</b></i>

<i><b>, ph – c</b></i>

<i><b>m t</b></i>

<i><b>) </b></i>


<b>SCHOOL </b>



1. háo hức về cái gì (ph) Be excited about 2. đồng phục (n) Uniform


3. máy tính bỏ túi (n) Calculator 4. cái gọt bút chì (n) Pencil sharpener


5. cái compa (n) Compass 6. quyển vở (n) Notebook
7. sách giáo khoa (n) Textbook 8. hộp bút (n) Pencil case
9. môn vật lý (n) Physics 10. môn lịch sử (n) history
11. môn khoa học (n) science 12. môn học (n) subject


13. từ vựng (n) vocabulary 14. tiền tiêu vặt (n) pocket money
15. bạn cùng lớp (n) classmate 16. ghi nhớ (v) remember
17. chia sẻ gì với ai (ph) share st with sb 18. giúp ai việc gì (ph) help sb with st
19. trường nội trú (n) boarding school 20. trường quốc tế (a) international school


21. ở nước ngoài (adv/a) overseas 22. bao quanh bởi (ph) be surrounded by
23. thư viện (n) library 24. thiết bị (n) equipment
25. trang web (n) website/ webpage 26. giờ giải lao (n) break time
27. lời giới thiệu (n) introduction 28. làm bài kiểm tra (ph) do/take a test



<b>HOME </b>



29. đằng sau (p) behind 30. đằng trước (ph) in front of
31. ở giữa (A và B) (ph) between A and B 32. ở giữa (1 khoảng) (ph) in the middle of


33. ở dưới (p) under 34. bên cạnh (p) next to


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(137)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=137>

37. hành lang, sảnh (n) hall 38. gác mái (n) attic


39. tủđựng đồ (n) cupboard 40. tủ có ngăn kéo (ph) chest of drawers
41. máy điều hòa (n) air-conditioner 42. tủ quần áo (n) wardrobe
43. bồn rửa (n) sink 44. máy rửa bát (n) dishwasher
45. nồi, bếp nấu (n) cooker 46. lị vi sóng (n) microwave
47. quạt trần (n) ceiling fan 48. bừa bộn (a) messy


49. nhà thành phố (n) town house 50. nhà nông thôn (n) country house


51. biệt thự (n) villa 52. nhà sàn (n) stilt house
53. kỳ lạ (a) strange 54. khách du lịch (n) tourist
55. được đặt tên theo (ph) be named after


<b>FRIENDS </b>



56. nói nhiều (a) talkative 57. chăm chỉ (a) hard-working


58. buồn tẻ (a) boring 59. nhút nhát (a) shy


60. tốt bụng (a) kind 61. tự tin (a) confident
62. thông minh (a) (1) smart/ intelligent 63. thông minh (a) (2) clever


64. thân thiện (a) friendly 65. sáng tạo (a) creative
66. hay giúp đỡ (a) helpful 67. hài hước (a) funny


68. khuỷu tay (n) elbow 69. đầu gối (n) knee


70. cổ (n) neck 71. đuôi (n) tail


72. má (n) cheek 73. ngón tay (n) finger


74. vai (n) shoulder 75. vàng hoe (a) blond/ blonde


76. xoăn (a) curly 77. thẳng (a) straight


78. bầu bĩnh (a) chubby 79. món thịt nướng (n) barbecue/ barbeque
80. dàn đồng ca (n) choir 81. pháo hoa (n) firework


82. lính cứu hỏa (n) fire fighter 83. xe cứu hỏa (n) fire truck
84. tình nguyện (v) volunteer 85. tình nguyện viên (n) volunteer


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(138)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=138>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hồng Mai, Hà Nội
88. có trách nhiệm (a) responsible 89. cuộc thi (n) competition


90. nghiêm túc (a) serious 91. đính kèm (v) attach


92. chụp ảnh ai (ph) take a photo of sb 93. lửa trại (n) campfire


94. đáng sợ (a) scary 95. chơi tìm kho báu (ph) do a treasure hunt
96. tham gia (ph) take part in 97. đi xe đạp (ph) ride a bike


98. trượt tuyết (v) ski 99. leo núi (v) hike



100. nói trước đám đơng (n) public speaking


<b>NEIGHBOURHOOD </b>



101. bức tượng (n) statue 102. ga tàu hỏa (n) railway station
103. tượng đài (n) memorial 104. ngôi đền (n) temple


105. ngôi chùa (n) pagoda 106. quảng trường (n) square
107. nhà thờ (n) cathedral 108. triển lãm nghệ thuật (n) art gallery


109. cung điện (n) palace 110. qua đường (ph) cross the road/ street


111. bị lạc (a) lost 112. yên bình (a) peaceful


113. chật hẹp (a) narrow 114. đơng đúc (a) crowded
115. cổ kính (a) historic 116. hiện đại (a) modern
117. thuận tiện (a) convenient 118. bất tiện (a) inconvenient
119. nhàm chán (a) boring 120. thú vị (a) interesting/ exciting
121. tuyệt vời (a) fantastic/ wonderful/


great


122. tồi tệ (a) bad/ terrible/ awful


123. đắt (a) expensive 124. rẻ (a) cheap


125. ô nhiễm (a) polluted 126. xưởng (n) workshop


127. sau đó (adv) next/ then 128. sau đó (ph) after that



129. cuối cùng (adv) finally/ last 130. ngoại ơ (n) suburb
131. ngồi trời (a) outdoor 132. hoạt động (n) activity
133. một cách đáng ngạc


nhiên (adv)


incredibly 134. kéo dài trong (bao lâu)
(ph)


last for


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(139)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=139>

137. khơng thích (v) dislike 138. khu lân cận (n) neighborhood/
neighbourhood


<b>NATURE </b>



139. núi (n) mountain 140. rừng (n) forest


141. thác nước (n) waterfall 142. hang động (n) cave


143. sa mạc (n) desert 144. hòn đảo (n) island


145. thung lũng (n) valley 146. đi du lịch (v) travel


147. băng dán (n) plaster 148. cái kéo (n) scissors


149. ủng (n) boots/ walking boots 150. túi ngủ (n) sleeping bag
151. thuốc giảm đau (n) painkiller 152. ba lô (n) backpack
153. kem chống nắng (n) sun cream 154. la bàn (n) compass


155. cái lều (n) tent 156. đèn pin/ đuốc (n) torch
157. áo chống nước (n) waterproof coat 158. đa dạng (a) diverse
159. lời khuyên (n) advice 160. cần thiết (a) necessary
161. rất cần thiết (a) essential 162. được gọi là (ph) be called


163. truyền thống (a) traditional 164. sự hấp dẫn (n) attraction
165. nghệ thuật ẩm thực (n) cuisine


<i><b>Name: </b> ... <b>Class: 6A</b>…</i>


<b>ENGLISH 6 (NEW) – VOCABULARY CHECK – 2</b>

<b>ND</b>

<b> TERM </b>



NOTES: v – động từ, n – danh từ, a – tính từ, adv – trạng từ, p – giới từ, ph – cụm từ


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(140)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=140>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


166. kênh (n) 167. chương trình (n)


168. tồi tệ (n) 169. lịch trình (n)


170. có tính địa phương (a) 171. có tính quốc gia (a)


172. hài kịch (n) 173. tin tức (n)


174. phổ biến (a) 175. có tính giải trí (a)


176. giáo dục (v) 177. sự giáo dục (n)


178. có tính giáo dục (a) 179. trực tiếp (a)



180.


ng. dẫn chương trình


(n) 181. người xem (n)


182.


người dự báo thời tiết


(n) 183. người đọc tin tức (n)


184. điều khiển từ xa (n) 185. nút bấm (n)


186. âm lượng (n) 187. buổi triển lãm (n)


188. chim cánh cụt (n) 189. phim dài tập (n)


190. cuộc phiêu lưu (n) 191. vụng về, hậu đậu (a)


192. quần dài (n) 193. thám tử (n)


194. xuất hiện (v) 195. đủ (a)


196. nhân vật (n) 197. khán giả (n)


198. phim tài liệu (n) 199. sân trượt băng (n)


200. chuyến đi (n) 201. hệ thống (n)



202. hệ mặt trời (n) 203. so sánh (v)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(141)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=141>

<b>UNIT 8: SPORTS AND GAMES </b>



206. Chúc mừng! 207.


chúc mừng ai việc gì
(ph)


208. mơn đấm bốc (n) 209. cờ vua (n)


210. môn đua xe đạp (n) 211. mơn bóng chuyền (n)


212. giày thể thao (n) 213. ván trượt (n)


214. trượt ván (v) 215. môn trượt ván (n)


216. kính bơi (n) 217. vợt cầu lơng (n)


218. ván trượt tuyết (n) 219. môn bơi thuyền (n)


220. câu cầu khiến (n) 221. cuộc đua ma-ra-tông (n)


222. đạt được (v) a 223. thành tích (n) a


224. võ đài, sàn đấu (n) 225. được tổ chức (ph) be …


226. một cách rộng rãi (adv) w 227. được coi là (ph) be …


228. được sinh ra (ph) be … 229. chuyên nghiệp (a)



230. sự nghiệp (n) 231. ghi bàn (ph)


232. bầu chọn (v) 233. thuộc về (ph)


234. tạo ra (v) 235. môn trượt băng (n)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(142)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=142>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


238. lục địa (n) 239. thủđơ (n)


240.


quan trọng, chính yếu


(a) m 241. hai lần (adv)


242. nguy hiểm (a) 243. an toàn (a)


244. nhà chọc trời (n) 245. trường đại học (n)


246. nhà viết kịch (n) 247. phổ biến (a) c


248. thời gian rảnh rỗi (n) l 249. thiết kế (n)


250. biểu tượng (n) 251. thắng cảnh (n)


252. sinh vật (n) 253. di sản (n)


254. miêu tả (v) 255. kiến trúc sư (n)



256. nổi tiếng (a) w 257. mục đích (n)


258. tuyệt vời (a) f 259. hoàn hảo (a)


260. thuê (v) 261. khám phá (v) d


262. năng động (a) d 263. bao gồm (v) i


264. ngoại trừ (ph) 265. giải thưởng (n) a


266. trao thưởng (v) 267. nhận (v)


268. giấy chứng nhận (n) d 269. huy chương (n)


<b>UNIT 10: OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE </b>



270. tương lai (n, a) 271. không gian vũ trụ (n)


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(143)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=143>

274. thiết bị, dụng cụ (n) a 275. năng lượng mặt trời (n)


276. khơng dây (a) 277. vị trí (n)


278. nằm ở, được đặt ở (ph) be … 279. công nghệ cao (a)


280. tựđộng (a) 281. chăm sóc (ph) (1)


282. chăm sóc (ph) (2) 283. làm khô (v)


284. điện (n) 285. có lẽ (adv) p



286. thay vì, thay cho (ph) 287. động cơ (n)


288. nhiệt độ (n) 289. lướt (v)


290. máy bay trực thăng (n) 291. mái nhà (n)


292. cho ăn (v) 293. liên lạc (v)


294. yêu cầu, gọi món (v) 295. bờ biển (n) c


296. tầm nhìn (n/ ph) v 297.


một cách hoàn toàn
(adv)


<b>UNIT 11: OUR GREENER WORLD </b>



298. hạn chế, giảm (v) r 299. tái sử dụng (v)


300. tái chế (v) 301. có thể tái sử dụng (a)


302. túi ni-lông (n) 303. được làm từ (ph) be …


304.


vật liệu, nguyên liệu


(n) 305. môi trường (n)



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(144)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=144>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội
308. đất đai (n) s 309. sự phá rừng (n)


310. gây ra (v) 311. sự ngập lụt (n)


312. bóng đèn (n) b 313. rác (n) r


314. là từ viết tắt của (ph) s 315. ném cái gì đi (ph)


316. khảo sát về cái gì (ph) do … 317. thùng rác (n)


318. thùng rác tái chế (n) 319. gói, bọc (v)


320. giấy gói, bao bì (n) 321. cần cái gì (ph) be …


322. cơn gió nhẹ (n) 323. nghe theo, làm theo (v)


324. có thểđổđầy (a) 325. vòi nước (n)


326. thứđồ (n) i 327. tổ chức từ thiện (n)


328. trao đổi (v) (1) 329. trao đổi (v) (2)


330. chủ tịch (n) 331. tiết kiệm năng lượng (a)


332. khuyến khích (v) e 333. hội chợ (n)


<b>ENGLISH 6 (NEW) – VOCABULARY CHECK – 2</b>

<b>ND</b>

<b> TERM </b>



<b>KEYS </b>




NOTES: v – động từ, n – danh từ, a – tính từ, adv – trạng từ, p – giới từ, ph – cụm từ


<b>UNIT 7: TELEVISION </b>



kênh (n) channel 2. chương trình (n) program/ programme


3. tồi tệ (a) awful/ terrible/ bad 4. lịch trình (n) schedule
5. có tính địa phương (a) local 6. có tính quốc gia (a) national


7. hài kịch (n) comedy 8. tin tức (n) news


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(145)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=145>

15. (n) MC 16. người xem (n) viewer


17.


người dự báo thời tiết
(n)


weatherman/


weatherwoman 18. người đọc tin tức (n) newsreader
19. điều khiển từ xa (n) remote control 20. nút bấm (n) button
21. âm lượng (n) volume 22. buổi triển lãm (n) exhibition
23. chim cánh cụt (n) penguin 24. phim dài tập (n) series
25. cuộc phiêu lưu (n) adventure 26. vụng về, hậu đậu (a) clumsy
27. quần dài (n) trousers/ pants 28. thám tử (n) detective


29. xuất hiện (v) appear 30. đủ (a) enough



31. nhân vật (n) character 32. khán giả (n) audience


33. phim tài liệu (n) documentary 34. sân trượt băng (n)


skating rink/ ice rink/
ice skating rink
35. chuyến đi (n) trip/ journey 36. hệ thống (n) system


37. hệ mặt trời (n) solar system 38. so sánh (v) compare
39. thưởng thức, thích (v) enjoy 40. thói quen (n) habit


<b>UNIT 8: SPORTS AND GAMES </b>



41. Chúc mừng! Congratulations! 42.


chúc mừng ai việc gì
(ph)


(to) congratulate sb on
st


43. môn đấm bốc (n) boxing 44. cờ vua (n) chess


45. môn đua xe đạp (n)


cycling/ bike racing/


bicycle racing 46. mơn bóng chuyền (n) volleyball
47. giày thể thao (n) sports shoes/ trainers 48. ván trượt (n) skateboard
49. trượt ván (v) skateboard 50. môn trượt ván (n) skateboarding


51. kính bơi (n) goggles 52. vợt cầu lông (n) (badminton) racket
53. ván trượt tuyết (n) ski(s) 54. môn bơi thuyền (n) sailing/ rowing


55. câu cầu khiến (n)


imperative/ imperative


sentence 56. cuộc đua ma-ra-tông (n) marathon
57. đạt được (v) achieve 58. thành tích (n) achievement


59. võ đài, sàn đấu (n) ring 60. được tổ chức (ph) be held/ be organized
61. một cách rộng rãi (adv) widely 62. được coi là (ph) be regarded as


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(146)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=146>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


<b>UNIT 9: CITIES OF THE WORLD </b>



73. lục địa (n) continent 74. thủđô (n) capital (city)


75.


quan trọng, chính yếu


(a) major 76. hai lần (adv) twice


77. nguy hiểm (a) dangerous 78. an toàn (a) safe
79. nhà chọc trời (n) skyscraper 80. trường đại học (n) university
81. nhà viết kịch (n) playwright 82. phổ biến (a) common
83. thời gian rảnh rỗi (n) leisure 84. thiết kế (n) design
85. biểu tượng (n) symbol 86. thắng cảnh (n) landmark


87. sinh vật (n) creature 88. di sản (n) heritage
89. miêu tả (v) describe 90. kiến trúc sư (n) architect
91. nổi tiếng (a) well-known 92. mục đích (n) purpose
93. tuyệt vời (a) fantastic 94. hoàn hảo (a) perfect


95. thuê (v) rent 96. khám phá (v) discover


97. năng động (a) dynamic 98. bao gồm (v) include
99. ngoại trừ (ph) except for 100. giải thưởng (n) award
101. trao thưởng (v) award/ reward 102. nhận (v) receive
103. giấy chứng nhận (n) diploma 104. huy chương (n) medal


<b>UNIT 10: OUR HOUSES IN THE FUTURE </b>



105. tương lai (n, a) future 106. không gian vũ trụ (n) space


107. nhà nổi (n)


houseboat/ floating


house 108. nhà lưu động (n) motorhome
109. thiết bị, dụng cụ (n) appliance 110. năng lượng mặt trời (n) solar energy
111. không dây (a) wireless 112. vị trí (n) location/ position
113. nằm ở, được đặt ở (ph) be located (in/on/at) 114. công nghệ cao (a) hi-tech


115. tựđộng (a) automatic 116. chăm sóc (ph) (1) take care of/ look after
117. chăm sóc (ph) (2) take care of/ look after 118. làm khô (v) dry


119. điện (n) electricity 120. có lẽ (adv) probably/ perhaps
121. thay vì, thay cho (ph) instead of 122. động cơ (n) engine



123. nhiệt độ (n) temperature 124. lướt (v) surf
125. máy bay trực thăng (n) helicopter 126. mái nhà (n) roof


127. cho ăn (v) feed 128. liên lạc (v) contact


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(147)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=147>

<b>UNIT 11: OUR GREENER WORLD </b>



133. hạn chế, giảm (v) reduce 134. tái sử dụng (v) reuse
135. tái chế (v) recycle 136. có thể tái sử dụng (a) reusable
137. túi ni-lông (n) plastic bag 138. được làm từ (ph) be made of


139.


vật liệu, nguyên liệu


(n) material 140. môi trường (n) environment


141. quầy thanh toán (n) check-out 142. sự ô nhiễm (n) pollution
143. đất đai (n) soil 144. sự phá rừng (n) deforestation
145. gây ra (v) cause 146. sự ngập lụt (n) flood


147. bóng đèn (n) bulb 148. rác (n) rubbish


149. là từ viết tắt của (ph) stand for 150. ném cái gì đi (ph) throw st away
151. khảo sát về cái gì (ph) do a survey on st 152. thùng rác (n) bin/ rubbish bin
153. thùng rác tái chế (n) recycling bin 154. gói, bọc (v) wrap


155. giấy gói, bao bì (n) packaging 156. cần cái gì (ph) be in need of st
157. cơn gió nhẹ (n) breeze 158. nghe theo, làm theo (v) follow



159. có thểđổđầy (a) refillable 160. vịi nước (n) tap
161. thứđồ (n) item 162. tổ chức từ thiện (n) charity


163. trao đổi (v) (1) exchange/ swap 164. trao đổi (v) (2) swap/ exchange
165. chủ tịch (n) president 166. tiết kiệm năng lượng (a) energy-saving
167. khuyến khích (v) encourage 168. hội chợ (n) fair


CHỨC NĂNG CỦA TỪ LOẠI



I. Danh từ (nouns): danh thường được đặt ở những vị trí sau



1. Chủ ngữ của câu (thường đứng đầu câu,sau trạng ngữ chỉ thời gian)


Ex: Maths is the subject I like best.



N



Yesterday Lan went home at midnight.


N



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(148)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=148>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


His father works in hospital.


Adj N



3. Làm tân ngữ, sau động từ


Ex: I like English.



We are students.


4. Sau “enough”




Ex: He didn’t have enough money to buy that car.



5. Sau các mạo từ a, an, the hoặc các từ this, that, these, those, each, every, both, no,



some, any, few, a few, little, a little,...(Lưu ý cấu trúc

a/an/the + adj + noun

)



Ex: This book is an interesting book.



6. Sau giới từ: in, on, of, with, under, about, at...


Ex: Thanh is good at literature.



II. Tính từ (adjectives): Tính từ thường đứng ở các vị trí sau


1. Trước danh từ: Adj + N



Ex: My Tam is a famous singer.



2. Sau động từ liên kết: tobe/seem/appear/feel/taste/look/keep/get + adj


Ex: She is beautiful



Tom seems tired now.



Chú ý: cấu trúc keep/make + O + adj


Ex: He makes me happy



O adj



3. Sau “ too”: S + tobe/seem/look....+ too +adj...


Ex: He is too short to play basketball.




4. Trước “enough”: S + tobe + adj + enough...


Ex: She is tall enough to play volleyball.



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(149)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=149>

6. Tính từ cịn được dùng dưới các dạng so sánh( lưu ý tính từ dài hay đứng sau more, the


most, less, as....as)



Ex: Meat is more expensive than fish.



Huyen is the most intelligent student in my class.


7. Tính từ trong câu cảm thán: How +adj + S + V


What + (a/an) + adj + N



III. Trạng từ (adverbs): Trạng từ thường đứng ở các vị trí sau



1. Trước động từ thường(nhất là các trạng từ chỉ tàn suất: often, always, usually,


seldom....)



Ex: They often get up at 6am.



2. Giữa trợ động từ và động từ thường


Ex: I have recently finished my homework.


TĐT adv V



3. Sau đơng từ tobe/seem/look...và trước tính từ: tobe/feel/look... + adv + adj


Ex: She is very nice.



Adv adj



4. Sau “too”: V

(thường)

+ too + adv


Ex: The teacher speaks too quickly.




5. Trước “enough” : V

(thường)

+ adv + enough



Ex: The teacher speaks slowly enough for us to understand.


6. Trong cấu trúc so....that: V

(thường)

+ so + adv + that



Ex: Jack drove so fast that he caused an accident.


7. Đứng cuối câu



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(150)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=150>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


khác của câu bằng dấu phẩy(,)



Ex: Last summer I came back my home country


My parents had gone to bed when I got home.


It’s raining hard. Tom, however, goes to school.



IV. Động từ (verbs): Vị trí của động từ trong câu rất dễ nhận biết vì nó thường đứng sau chủ


ngữ (Nhớ cẩn thận với câu có nhiều mệnh đề).



Ex: My family has five people.


S V



I believe her because she always tells the truth.


S V S V



Chú ý: Khi dùng động từ nhớ lưu ý thì của nó để chia cho đúng.



CÁCH NHẬN BIẾT TỪ LOẠI




I. Danh từ (nouns): danh từ thường kết thúc bằng: tion/ation, ment, er, or, ant, ing,


-age, -ship, -ism, -ity, -ness



Ex: distribution, information, development, teacher, actor, accountant, teaching, studying,


teenage, friendship, relationship, shoolarship, socialism, ability, sadness, happiness...


II. Tính từ (adjective): Tính từ thường kết thúc bằng: ful, less, ly, al, ble, ive, ous, ish,


-y, -like, -ic, -ed, -ing



Ex: helful, beautiful, useful, homeless, childless, friendly, yearly, daily, national, international,


acceptable, impossible, active, passive, attractive, famous, serious, dangerous, childish,


selfish, foolish, rainy, cloudy, snowy, sandy, foggy, healthy, sympathy, childlike, specific,


scientific, interested, bored, tired, interesting, boring



III. Trạng từ (adverbs): Trạng từ thường được thành lập bằng cách thêm đuôi “ly” vào tính


từ



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(151)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=151>

good well



late late/lately


ill ill



fast fast



EXERCISE



1. John cannot make a _______ to get married to Mary or stay single until he can afford a


house and a car.



a. decide

b. decision

c. decisive

d. Decisively


2. She often drives very ________ so she rarely causes accident .




a. carefully

b. careful

c. caring

d. Careless


3. All Sue’s friends and __________ came to her party .



a. relations

b. Relatives c. relationship

d. Related


4. My father studies about life and structure of plants and animals. He is a ……….



a. biology

b. biologist

c. biological

d. biologically


5. She takes the …….. for running the household.



a. responsibility

b. responsible

c. responsibly

d. responsiveness.


6. We are a very close-nit family and very ….. of one another.



a. supporting

b. supportive

c. support

d. supporter


7. You are old enough to take _______ for what you have done.



a. responsible

b. responsibility


c. responsibly

d. irresponsible



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(152)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=152>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


__.



a. agree

b. agreeable

c. agreement

d.


Agreeably



10. The more _______ and positive you look, the better you will feel.



a. confide

b. confident

c. confidently

d. Confidence


11. My parents will have celebrated 30 years of _______ by next week.




a. marry

b. married

c. marriageable

d. marriage


12. London is home to people of many _______ cultures.



a. diverse

b. diversity

c. diversify

d. diversification


13. Some people are concerned with physical ______ when choosing a wife or husband.



a. attractive

b. attraction

c.attractiveness

d.attractively


14. Mrs. Pike was so angry that she made a _______ gesture at the driver.



a. rude

b. rudeness

c. rudely

d. rudest


15. She sent me a _______ letter thanking me for my invitation.



a. polite

b. politely

c. politeness

d. impoliteness


16.

He

is

unhappy

because

of

his

---.



a. deaf

b. deafen

c. deafness

d. Deafened


17. His country has --- climate.



a. continent

b. continental

c. continence

d. Continentally


18. She has a --- for pink.



a. prefer

b. preferential

c. preferentially

d. Preference


19.

Computers

are

---

used

in

schools

and

universities.



a. widely

b. wide

c. widen

d. Width



</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(153)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=153>

a. communicative

b. communication


c. communicate

d. communicatively




22.

I

have

to

do

this

job

because

I

have

no

---.


a. choose

b. choice

c. choosing

d. Chosen



23.

English

is

used

by

pilots

to

ask

for

landing

---

in

Cairo.


a. instruct

b. instructors

c. instructions

d. Instructive


24. He did some odd jobs at home ---.



a. disappointment

b. disappoint

c. disappointed

d. Disappointedly


25.

Don’t

be

afraid.

This

snake

is

---.



a. harm

b. harmful

c. harmless

d. Unharmed


26.

During

his

---,

his

family

lived

in

the

United

State.



a. child

b. childhood

c. childish

d. Childlike



27.

Jack

London

wrote

several

---

novels

on

adventure.


a. interest

b. interestedly

c. interesting

d.

interested



28. He failed the final exam because he didn’t make any --- for it.


a. prepare

b. preparation

c. preparing

d. Prepared


29.

The

custom

was

said

to

be

a

matter

of

---.



a. convenient

b. convenience

c. conveniently

d. Convene



30.

She

is

---

in

her

book.


a. absorbed

b. absorbent

c. absorptive

d. Absorb


31. As she is so --- with her present job, she has decided to leave.



a. satisfy

b. satisfied

c. satisfying

d. unsatisfied


Các topic thi nói Anh văn lớp 6




Topic nói về mơn thể thao mà em thích:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(154)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=154>

Trung tâm ngoại ngữ MTEC – SỐ 2A, Ngõ 52, phố Nam Dư, Lĩnh Nam, Hoàng Mai, Hà Nội


doesn't get all the hiders, the seeker will have to say “give up” and continue to play a new game. You should play it
more because it can keep you entertained after the lessons at school and it's good for health.


Topic nói về ngôi nhà mơ ước:


My future house will be a villa. It will be by the sea because I like a quiet place and sea views. It will
surrounded by blue sea and tall trees. My future house will have eleven rooms : a living room for me to watch TV, two
bedrooms for me to sleep, a gym for me to do exercise in the morning, a library for me to read books and stories in the
afternoon, a kitchen for me to cook, a dinning room for me to eat food and drinks, 2 bathrooms for me to relax myself,
a cinema for me to watch new movies and a music room for me to play the instruments in my free time.


In front of the house there will be a big garden with a lot of fruit trees and flowers. There will be a swimming
pool and a large playground behind the house. To the left of the house is a small pond where I can raise fish.


My future house will have solar energy and wind energy. There will have two robots in the house. They will
help me to do the housework such as: cooking meals, watering the flowers, cleaning our house,...


I will have a super smart TV in my house. It will help me to self-study at home, contact my friends and order
food from the supermarkets.


I will have some modern sport equipment to help me keep fit.


I think I will live comfortably and happily in my future house. I hope my dream will come true soon.


Topic nói về mơi trường:



Now there are many problems of environmental pollution such as water pollution, air pollution, soil pollution,
noise pollution and deforestation but I think the most serious problem is rubbish.


The rubbish is not good for health and environment. We should reduce the rubbish in the activities daily.
Firstly, we need to reuse things such as: we use the bottles of milk, juice, mineral water to fill up water. If we
don't fit up the clothes, we can give for younger sister or younger brother,...


Secondly, we can recycle the cans to make school things. We also recycle the paper boards to make useful
things.


Thirdly, we open a book festival. We swap books, stories, magazines, newspapers with each other.


Finally, we use the reusable things such as: paper bags, reusable bags. So we do not need use plastic bags.


So we can protect the environment with some little actions. I think people can do it to have a better life.


Topic nói về chương trình TV u thích:


</div>
<span class='text_page_counter'>(155)</span><div class='page_container' data-page=155></div>

<!--links-->

×